1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
18 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
19 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
20 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
34 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
36 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
38 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
39 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
40 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
41 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
43 #include <algorithm>
44 #include <cstring>
45 #include <functional>
46 using namespace clang;
47 using namespace sema;
48 
49 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
50   if (OwnedType) {
51     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
52     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
53   }
54 
55   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
56 }
57 
58 namespace {
59 
60 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
61  public:
62   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid) : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid) {
63     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
64     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
65     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
66   }
67 
68   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
69     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
70       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
71           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
72     else
73       return candidate.isKeyword();
74   }
75 
76  private:
77   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
78 };
79 
80 }
81 
82 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
83 /// return the declaration of that type.
84 ///
85 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
86 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
87 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
88 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
89 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
90 ///
91 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
92 /// and then return NULL.
93 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
94                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
95                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
96                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
97                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
98                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
99   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
100   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
101   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
102     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
103     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
104       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
105   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
106     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
107 
108     if (!LookupCtx) {
109       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
110         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
111         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
112         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
113         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
114         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
115         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
116         //
117         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
118         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
119         if (!isClassName)
120           return ParsedType();
121 
122         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
123         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
124         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
125           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
126 
127         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
128         QualType T =
129           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
130                             II, NameLoc);
131 
132           return ParsedType::make(T);
133       }
134 
135       return ParsedType();
136     }
137 
138     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
139         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
140       return ParsedType();
141   }
142 
143   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
144   // lookup for class-names.
145   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
146                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
147   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
148   if (LookupCtx) {
149     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
150     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
151     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
152     // nested-name-specifier.
153     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
154 
155     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
156       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
157       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
158       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
159       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
160       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
161       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
162       LookupName(Result, S);
163     }
164   } else {
165     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
166     LookupName(Result, S);
167   }
168 
169   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
170   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
171   case LookupResult::NotFound:
172   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
173     if (CorrectedII) {
174       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true);
175       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
176                                               Kind, S, SS, &Validator);
177       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
178       TemplateTy Template;
179       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
180       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
181       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
182       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
183       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
184       if (SS && NNS) {
185         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
186         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
187       }
188       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
189           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
190           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
191           // is handled elsewhere).
192           !(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
193             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
194                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
195         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
196                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
197                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
198         if (Ty) {
199           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOptions()));
200           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
201               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOptions()));
202           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
203               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr
204               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
205                                               CorrectedStr);
206           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
207             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
208               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
209 
210           if (SS && NNS)
211             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
212           *CorrectedII = NewII;
213           return Ty;
214         }
215       }
216     }
217     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
218   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
219   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
220     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
221     return ParsedType();
222 
223   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
224     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
225     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
226     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
227     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
228     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
229     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
230       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
231       return ParsedType();
232     }
233 
234     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
235     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
236          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
237       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
238         if (!IIDecl ||
239             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
240               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
241           IIDecl = *Res;
242       }
243     }
244 
245     if (!IIDecl) {
246       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
247       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
248       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
249       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
250       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
251       // a type name.
252       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
253       return ParsedType();
254     }
255 
256     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
257     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
258     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
259     // perform the name lookup again.
260     break;
261 
262   case LookupResult::Found:
263     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
264     break;
265   }
266 
267   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
268 
269   QualType T;
270   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
271     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
272 
273     if (T.isNull())
274       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
275 
276     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
277       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
278         // Construct a type with type-source information.
279         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
280         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
281 
282         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
283         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
284         ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
285         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
286         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
287       } else {
288         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
289       }
290     }
291   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
292     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
293     if (!HasTrailingDot)
294       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
295   }
296 
297   if (T.isNull()) {
298     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
299     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
300     return ParsedType();
301   }
302   return ParsedType::make(T);
303 }
304 
305 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
306 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
307 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
308 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose cases in C
309 /// where the user forgot to specify the tag.
310 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
311   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
312   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
313   LookupName(R, S, false);
314   R.suppressDiagnostics();
315   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
316     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
317       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
318       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
319       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
320       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
321       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
322       }
323     }
324 
325   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
326 }
327 
328 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
329 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
330 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
331 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
332 /// @code
333 /// template<class T> class A {
334 /// public:
335 ///   typedef int TYPE;
336 /// };
337 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
338 /// public:
339 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
340 /// };
341 /// @endcode
342 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
343   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
344     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
345 
346     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
347     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
348           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
349       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
350         return true;
351     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
352   }
353   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
354 }
355 
356 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
357                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
358                                    Scope *S,
359                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
360                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
361   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
362   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
363 
364   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
365   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
366   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
367   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc),
368                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
369                                              &Validator)) {
370     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions()));
371     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions()));
372 
373     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
374       // We corrected to a keyword.
375       // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it.
376       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
377         << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr;
378     } else {
379       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
380       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
381       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
382         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
383           << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr
384           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
385       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
386         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
387           << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
388           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
389       else
390         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
391 
392       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
393         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
394 
395       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
396                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
397                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
398     }
399     return true;
400   }
401 
402   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
403     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
404     UnqualifiedId Name;
405     Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc);
406     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
407     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
408     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
409     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
410                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
411                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
412       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
413       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
414       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
415         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
416           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
417       }
418       return true;
419     }
420   }
421 
422   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
423   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
424 
425   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
426     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II;
427   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
428     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
429       << &II << DC << SS->getRange();
430   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
431     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
432     if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
433       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
434 
435     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
436       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName()
437       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
438       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
439     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc)
440                                                                          .get();
441   } else {
442     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
443            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
444   }
445 
446   return true;
447 }
448 
449 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
450 /// or
451 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
452   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
453                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
454 
455   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
456     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
457       return true;
458 
459     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
460       return true;
461   }
462 
463   return false;
464 }
465 
466 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
467                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
468                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
469                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
470                                             const Token &NextToken) {
471   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
472   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
473 
474   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
475     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
476                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
477 
478   }
479 
480   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
481   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
482 
483   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
484   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
485   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
486   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
487   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
488     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
489     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
490       return E;
491   }
492 
493   bool SecondTry = false;
494   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
495 
496 Corrected:
497   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
498   case LookupResult::NotFound:
499     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
500     // call.
501     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
502       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
503       // FIXME: Reference?
504       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
505         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
506 
507       // C90 6.3.2.2:
508       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
509       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
510       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
511       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
512       //   the function call, the declaration
513       //
514       //     extern int identifier ();
515       //
516       //   appeared.
517       //
518       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
519       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
520         Result.addDecl(D);
521         Result.resolveKind();
522         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
523       }
524     }
525 
526     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
527     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
528     // "struct", or "union".
529     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) {
530       Result.clear(LookupTagName);
531       LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
532       if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
533         const char *TagName = 0;
534         const char *FixItTagName = 0;
535         switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
536           case TTK_Class:
537             TagName = "class";
538             FixItTagName = "class ";
539             break;
540 
541           case TTK_Enum:
542             TagName = "enum";
543             FixItTagName = "enum ";
544             break;
545 
546           case TTK_Struct:
547             TagName = "struct";
548             FixItTagName = "struct ";
549             break;
550 
551           case TTK_Union:
552             TagName = "union";
553             FixItTagName = "union ";
554             break;
555         }
556 
557         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
558           << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
559           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
560         break;
561       }
562 
563       Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName);
564     }
565 
566     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
567     // close to this name.
568     if (!SecondTry) {
569       SecondTry = true;
570       CorrectionCandidateCallback DefaultValidator;
571       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
572                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
573                                                  &SS, &DefaultValidator)) {
574         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
575         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
576         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions()));
577         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions()));
578 
579         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
580         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
581           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
582         if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
583             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
584           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
585           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
586         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
587                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
588                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
589                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
590            UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
591            QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
592          }
593 
594         if (SS.isEmpty())
595           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
596             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
597             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
598         else
599           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
600             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
601             << SS.getRange()
602             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
603 
604         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
605         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
606 
607         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
608         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
609           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
610 
611         // Also update the LookupResult...
612         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
613         Result.clear();
614         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
615         if (FirstDecl) {
616           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
617           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
618             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
619         }
620 
621         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
622         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
623         // reference the ivar.
624         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
625         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
626           Result.clear();
627           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
628           return move(E);
629         }
630 
631         goto Corrected;
632       }
633     }
634 
635     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
636     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
637     return NameClassification::Unknown();
638 
639   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
640     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
641     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
642     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
643 
644     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
645     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
646     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
647     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
648     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
649     //
650     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
651     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
652     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
653     // keyword here.
654     return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
655 
656   case LookupResult::Found:
657   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
658   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
659     break;
660 
661   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
662     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
663         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
664       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
665       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
666       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
667       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
668       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
669       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
670       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
671       //   ambiguous.
672       //
673       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
674       // so try again after filtering out template names.
675       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
676       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
677         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
678         break;
679       }
680     }
681 
682     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
683     return NameClassification::Error();
684   }
685 
686   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
687       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
688     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
689     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
690     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
691     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
692     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
693     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
694     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
695       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
696 
697     if (!Result.empty()) {
698       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
699       TemplateName Template;
700       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
701         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
702         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
703                                                      Result.end());
704       } else {
705         TemplateDecl *TD
706           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
707         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
708 
709         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
710           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
711                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
712                                                       TD);
713         else
714           Template = TemplateName(TD);
715       }
716 
717       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
718         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
719         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
720         // to based on which function we selected.
721         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
722 
723         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
724       }
725 
726       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
727     }
728   }
729 
730   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
731   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
732     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
733     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
734     return ParsedType::make(T);
735   }
736 
737   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
738   if (!Class) {
739     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
740     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
741                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
742       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
743   }
744 
745   if (Class) {
746     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
747 
748     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
749       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
750       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
751       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
752       return NameClassification::Unknown();
753     }
754 
755     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
756     return ParsedType::make(T);
757   }
758 
759   if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
760     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0);
761 
762   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
763   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
764 }
765 
766 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
767 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
768 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
769 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
770 
771   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
772   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
773   // the context we'll need to return to.
774   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
775     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
776 
777     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
778     // lexical context.
779     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
780       return DC;
781 
782     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
783     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
784     // class is the context we need to return to.
785     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
786       DC = RD;
787 
788     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
789     // declared in.
790     return DC;
791   }
792 
793   return DC->getLexicalParent();
794 }
795 
796 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
797   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
798       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
799   CurContext = DC;
800   S->setEntity(DC);
801 }
802 
803 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
804   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
805 
806   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
807   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
808 }
809 
810 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
811 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
812 ///
813 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
814   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
815   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
816   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
817   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
818   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
819   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
820   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
821   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
822   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
823   //   namespace.
824   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
825   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
826   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
827   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
828   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
829 
830   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
831 
832 #ifndef NDEBUG
833   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
834   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
835   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
836 #endif
837 
838   CurContext = DC;
839   S->setEntity(DC);
840 }
841 
842 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
843   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
844 
845   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
846   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
847   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
848   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
849   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
850 
851   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
852   // disappear.
853 }
854 
855 
856 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
857   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
858   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
859     // We assume that the caller has already called
860     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
861     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
862   }
863   if (!FD)
864     return;
865 
866   PushDeclContext(S, FD);
867   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
868     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
869     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
870     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
871       S->AddDecl(Param);
872       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
873     }
874   }
875 }
876 
877 
878 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
879 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
880 ///
881 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
882 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
883 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
884 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
885 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
886 /// attribute.
887 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
888                                        ASTContext &Context) {
889   if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
890     return true;
891 
892   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
893     return true;
894 
895   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
896           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
897 }
898 
899 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
900 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
901   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
902   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
903   // scope.
904   while (S->getEntity() &&
905          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
906     S = S->getParent();
907 
908   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
909   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
910   // into any context.
911   if (AddToContext)
912     CurContext->addDecl(D);
913 
914   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
915   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
916   if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
917       D->isOutOfLine() &&
918       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
919         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
920     return;
921 
922   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
923   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
924       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
925     return;
926 
927   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
928   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
929                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
930   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
931     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
932       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
933       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
934 
935       // Should only need to replace one decl.
936       break;
937     }
938   }
939 
940   S->AddDecl(D);
941 
942   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
943     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
944     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
945     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
946     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
947       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
948       if (IDC == CurContext) {
949         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
950           continue;
951       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
952         break;
953     }
954 
955     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
956   } else {
957     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
958   }
959 }
960 
961 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
962   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
963     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
964 }
965 
966 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
967                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
968   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S,
969                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
970 }
971 
972 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
973   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
974   do {
975     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
976       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
977         return S;
978   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
979 
980   return 0;
981 }
982 
983 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
984                                             DeclContext*,
985                                             ASTContext&);
986 
987 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
988 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
989 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
990                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
991                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
992                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
993   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
994   while (F.hasNext()) {
995     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
996 
997     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
998       continue;
999 
1000     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1001         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1002       continue;
1003 
1004     F.erase();
1005   }
1006 
1007   F.done();
1008 }
1009 
1010 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1011   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1012          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1013          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1014 }
1015 
1016 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1017 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1018   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1019   while (F.hasNext())
1020     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1021       F.erase();
1022 
1023   F.done();
1024 }
1025 
1026 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1027 /// @code
1028 /// class S {
1029 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1030 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1031 /// };
1032 /// @endcode
1033 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1034   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1035   // the decl here.
1036   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1037     return false;
1038 
1039   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1040     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1041   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1042     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1043   return false;
1044 }
1045 
1046 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1047   assert(D);
1048 
1049   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1050     return false;
1051 
1052   // Ignore class templates.
1053   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1054       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1055     return false;
1056 
1057   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1058     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1059       return false;
1060 
1061     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1062       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1063         return false;
1064     } else {
1065       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1066       if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1067           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1068         return false;
1069     }
1070 
1071     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1072         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1073       return false;
1074   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1075     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1076         VD->getType().isConstant(Context) ||
1077         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1078       return false;
1079 
1080     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1081         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1082       return false;
1083 
1084   } else {
1085     return false;
1086   }
1087 
1088   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1089   if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
1090     return false;
1091 
1092   return true;
1093 }
1094 
1095 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1096   if (!D)
1097     return;
1098 
1099   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1100     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1101     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1102       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1103   }
1104 
1105   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1106     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1107     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1108       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1109   }
1110 
1111    if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1112      UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1113  }
1114 
1115 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1116   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1117     return false;
1118 
1119   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1120     return false;
1121 
1122   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1123     return true;
1124 
1125   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1126   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1127       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1128     return false;
1129 
1130   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1131   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1132 
1133     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1134     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1135 
1136     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1137     if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
1138       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1139         return false;
1140     }
1141 
1142     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1143     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1144     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1145       return false;
1146 
1147     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1148       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1149       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1150         return false;
1151 
1152       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1153         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1154           return false;
1155 
1156         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1157           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1158             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1159           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1160             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1161             if (!CD->isTrivial())
1162               return false;
1163           }
1164         }
1165       }
1166     }
1167 
1168     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1169   }
1170 
1171   return true;
1172 }
1173 
1174 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1175                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1176   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1177     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1178                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOptions(), true);
1179     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1180       return;
1181     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1182                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1183   }
1184   return;
1185 }
1186 
1187 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1188 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1189 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1190   FixItHint Hint;
1191   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1192     return;
1193 
1194   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1195 
1196   unsigned DiagID;
1197   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1198     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1199   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1200     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1201   else
1202     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1203 
1204   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1205 }
1206 
1207 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1208   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1209   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1210   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1211   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1212     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1213 }
1214 
1215 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1216   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1217   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1218          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1219 
1220   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1221        I != E; ++I) {
1222     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1223     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1224 
1225     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1226     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1227 
1228     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1229 
1230     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1231     if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
1232       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1233 
1234     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1235     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1236       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1237 
1238     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1239     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1240   }
1241 }
1242 
1243 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1244 ///
1245 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1246 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1247 /// to the fixed name.
1248 ///
1249 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1250 ///
1251 /// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1252 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1253 ///
1254 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1255 /// class could not be found.
1256 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1257                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1258                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1259   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1260   // creation from this context.
1261   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1262 
1263   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1264     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1265     // find an Objective-C class name.
1266     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1267     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1268                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1269                                        &Validator)) {
1270       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1271       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1272         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1273         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1274       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1275         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1276 
1277       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1278     }
1279   }
1280   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1281   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1282   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1283       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1284   return Def;
1285 }
1286 
1287 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1288 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1289 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1290 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1291 /// ill-formed in C++:
1292 /// @code
1293 /// struct S6 {
1294 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1295 /// };
1296 ///
1297 /// void test_S6() {
1298 ///   struct S6 a;
1299 ///   a.e = BAR;
1300 /// }
1301 /// @endcode
1302 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1303 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1304 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1305 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1306 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1307 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1308 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1309 /// contain non-field names.
1310 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1311   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1312          (S->getEntity() &&
1313           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1314          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus))
1315     S = S->getParent();
1316   return S;
1317 }
1318 
1319 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1320 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1321 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1322 /// built-in.
1323 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1324                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1325                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1326   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1327 
1328   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1329   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1330   switch (Error) {
1331   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1332     // Okay
1333     break;
1334 
1335   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1336     if (ForRedeclaration)
1337       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1338         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1339     return 0;
1340 
1341   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1342     if (ForRedeclaration)
1343       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1344         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1345     return 0;
1346 
1347   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1348     if (ForRedeclaration)
1349       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1350         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1351     return 0;
1352   }
1353 
1354   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1355     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1356       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1357       << R;
1358     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1359         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1360           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1361       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1362         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1363         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1364   }
1365 
1366   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1367                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1368                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1369                                            SC_Extern,
1370                                            SC_None, false,
1371                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1372   New->setImplicit();
1373 
1374   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1375   // FunctionDecl.
1376   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1377     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1378     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1379       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1380         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1381                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1382                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1383                             SC_None, SC_None, 0);
1384       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1385       Params.push_back(parm);
1386     }
1387     New->setParams(Params);
1388   }
1389 
1390   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1391 
1392   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1393   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1394   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1395   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1396   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1397   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1398   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1399   CurContext = SavedContext;
1400   return New;
1401 }
1402 
1403 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1404   QualType OldType;
1405   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1406     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1407   else
1408     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1409   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1410 
1411   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1412     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1413     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1414     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1415       << Kind << NewType;
1416     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1417       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1418     New->setInvalidDecl();
1419     return true;
1420   }
1421 
1422   if (OldType != NewType &&
1423       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1424       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1425       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1426     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1427     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1428       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1429     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1430       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1431     New->setInvalidDecl();
1432     return true;
1433   }
1434   return false;
1435 }
1436 
1437 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1438 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1439 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1440 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1441 ///
1442 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1443   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1444   // merging checks.
1445   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1446 
1447   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1448   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1449   if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
1450     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1451     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1452     default: break;
1453     case 2:
1454       if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1455         break;
1456       Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1457       // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1458       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1459       return;
1460     case 5:
1461       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1462         break;
1463       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1464       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1465       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1466       return;
1467     case 3:
1468       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1469         break;
1470       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1471       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1472       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1473       return;
1474     }
1475     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1476   }
1477 
1478   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1479   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1480   if (!Old) {
1481     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1482       << New->getDeclName();
1483 
1484     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1485     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1486       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1487 
1488     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1489   }
1490 
1491   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1492   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1493     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1494 
1495   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1496   // with any extensions enabled.
1497   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1498     return;
1499 
1500   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1501   // declaration was a typedef.
1502   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1503     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1504 
1505   if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)
1506     return;
1507 
1508   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1509     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1510     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1511     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1512     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1513     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1514       return;
1515 
1516     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1517     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1518     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1519     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1520     //
1521     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1522     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1523     //
1524     //   struct S {
1525     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1526     //   };
1527     //
1528     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1529     // allow the above but disallow
1530     //
1531     //   struct S {
1532     //     typedef int I;
1533     //     typedef int I;
1534     //   };
1535     //
1536     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1537     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1538       return;
1539 
1540     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1541       << New->getDeclName();
1542     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1543     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1544   }
1545 
1546   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1547   if (getLangOptions().Modules || getLangOptions().C11)
1548     return;
1549 
1550   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1551   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1552   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1553   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1554   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1555       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1556        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1557     return;
1558 
1559   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1560     << New->getDeclName();
1561   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1562   return;
1563 }
1564 
1565 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1566 /// attribute.
1567 static bool
1568 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1569   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1570   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1571   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1572     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1573       if (Ann) {
1574         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1575           return true;
1576         continue;
1577       }
1578       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1579       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1580         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1581       return true;
1582     }
1583 
1584   return false;
1585 }
1586 
1587 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1588 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old,
1589                                bool MergeDeprecation) {
1590   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
1591     return;
1592 
1593   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
1594 
1595   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1596   // we process them.
1597   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1598 
1599   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
1600          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
1601          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
1602        i != e; ++i) {
1603     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
1604     if (!MergeDeprecation &&
1605         (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
1606          isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
1607          isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)))
1608       continue;
1609 
1610     if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i)) {
1611       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(Context));
1612       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1613       New->addAttr(newAttr);
1614       foundAny = true;
1615     }
1616   }
1617 
1618   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
1619 }
1620 
1621 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
1622 /// to the new one.
1623 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
1624                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
1625                                      ASTContext &C) {
1626   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1627     return;
1628 
1629   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1630 
1631   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
1632   // done before we process them.
1633   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1634 
1635   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
1636        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
1637        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1638     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1639       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1640       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1641       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1642       foundAny = true;
1643     }
1644   }
1645 
1646   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1647 }
1648 
1649 namespace {
1650 
1651 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1652 /// C.
1653 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
1654   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
1655   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
1656   QualType PromotedType;
1657 };
1658 
1659 }
1660 
1661 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1662 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
1663   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
1664     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
1665       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
1666 
1667     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
1668       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
1669 
1670     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
1671       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
1672   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
1673     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
1674   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
1675     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
1676   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
1677     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
1678   }
1679 
1680   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
1681 }
1682 
1683 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1684 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1685 /// GNU89 mode.
1686 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
1687                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
1688   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
1689           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
1690           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1691           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
1692 }
1693 
1694 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1695 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1696 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1697 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1698 ///
1699 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
1700 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
1701 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
1702 /// merged with.
1703 ///
1704 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
1705 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) {
1706   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
1707   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
1708   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
1709         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
1710     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1711   else
1712     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
1713   if (!Old) {
1714     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
1715       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
1716       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
1717            diag::note_using_decl_target);
1718       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
1719            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
1720       return true;
1721     }
1722 
1723     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1724       << New->getDeclName();
1725     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1726     return true;
1727   }
1728 
1729   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
1730   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
1731   diag::kind PrevDiag;
1732   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
1733     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
1734   else if (Old->isImplicit())
1735     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
1736   else
1737     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
1738 
1739   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
1740   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1741 
1742   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
1743   // is an extern inline function.
1744   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
1745       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1746       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
1747       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) {
1748     if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) {
1749       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
1750       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1751     } else {
1752       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
1753       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1754       return true;
1755     }
1756   }
1757 
1758   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
1759   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
1760   // calling convention of the first.
1761   //
1762   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
1763   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
1764   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
1765   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
1766   // because it is the default calling convention.
1767   //
1768   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
1769   // other tests to run.
1770   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
1771   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
1772   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
1773   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
1774   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
1775   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default &&
1776       NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
1777     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
1778     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1779   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
1780                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
1781     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
1782     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
1783       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
1784       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
1785       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
1786           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
1787     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1788     return true;
1789   }
1790 
1791   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
1792   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
1793     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
1794     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1795   }
1796 
1797   // Merge regparm attribute.
1798   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
1799       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
1800     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
1801       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
1802         << NewType->getRegParmType()
1803         << OldType->getRegParmType();
1804       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1805       return true;
1806     }
1807 
1808     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
1809     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1810   }
1811 
1812   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
1813   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
1814     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
1815       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
1816       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1817       return true;
1818     }
1819 
1820     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
1821     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1822   }
1823 
1824   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
1825     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
1826     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
1827     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1828   }
1829 
1830   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1831     // (C++98 13.1p2):
1832     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
1833     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
1834     //        cannot be overloaded.
1835     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
1836     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
1837     QualType ResQT;
1838     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
1839       if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
1840           && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1841         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
1842       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
1843         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
1844           Diag(New->getLocation(),
1845                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
1846         else
1847           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
1848         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1849         return true;
1850       }
1851       else
1852         NewQType = ResQT;
1853     }
1854 
1855     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
1856     CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
1857     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
1858       // Preserve triviality.
1859       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
1860 
1861       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
1862       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
1863       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
1864       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
1865                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
1866                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
1867       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
1868 
1869       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
1870           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
1871         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
1872         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
1873         //       is a static member function declaration.
1874         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
1875           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
1876           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1877           return true;
1878         }
1879 
1880         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
1881         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
1882         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
1883         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
1884         unsigned NewDiag;
1885         if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
1886           NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
1887         else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
1888           NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
1889         else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
1890           NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
1891         else
1892           NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
1893 
1894         Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
1895         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1896 
1897       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
1898       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
1899       //
1900       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
1901       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
1902       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
1903         if (isFriend) {
1904           NewMethod->setImplicit();
1905         } else {
1906           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
1907                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
1908             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
1909           return true;
1910         }
1911       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) {
1912         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
1913              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
1914           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
1915         return true;
1916       }
1917     }
1918 
1919     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
1920     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
1921     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
1922     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
1923 
1924     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
1925     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
1926     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
1927       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
1928       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
1929         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
1930       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
1931       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
1932     }
1933 
1934     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
1935       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
1936 
1937     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
1938   }
1939 
1940   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
1941   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
1942   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1943       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
1944     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
1945     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
1946     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
1947     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
1948         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
1949       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
1950       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
1951       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
1952       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
1953                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
1954       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
1955                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
1956                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
1957       New->setType(NewQType);
1958       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
1959 
1960       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
1961       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1962       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
1963              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
1964              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
1965            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
1966         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
1967                                                  SourceLocation(),
1968                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
1969                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
1970                                                  SC_None, SC_None,
1971                                                  0);
1972         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
1973         Param->setImplicit();
1974         Params.push_back(Param);
1975       }
1976 
1977       New->setParams(Params);
1978     }
1979 
1980     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
1981   }
1982 
1983   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
1984   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
1985   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
1986   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
1987   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
1988   // the prototype.
1989   //
1990   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
1991   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
1992   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
1993   // C99 6.9.1p8.
1994   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1995       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
1996       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
1997       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
1998     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
1999     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2000     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2001       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2002     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2003       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2004 
2005     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2006     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2007                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2008     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2009     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2010          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2011       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2012       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2013       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2014                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2015         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2016       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2017                                             NewParm->getType(),
2018                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2019         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2020           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2021         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2022         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2023       } else
2024         LooseCompatible = false;
2025     }
2026 
2027     if (LooseCompatible) {
2028       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2029         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2030              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2031           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2032           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2033         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2034           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2035                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2036       }
2037 
2038       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
2039                                            ArgTypes.size(),
2040                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2041       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
2042     }
2043 
2044     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2045   }
2046 
2047   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
2048   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
2049   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
2050     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
2051     // signature.
2052     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2053       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
2054       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
2055       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
2056       // library built-in.
2057       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2058       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2059         << Old << Old->getType();
2060       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2061       Old->setInvalidDecl();
2062       return false;
2063     }
2064 
2065     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2066   }
2067 
2068   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2069   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2070   return true;
2071 }
2072 
2073 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2074 /// known to be compatible.
2075 ///
2076 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2077 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2078 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2079 /// redeclaration of Old.
2080 ///
2081 /// \returns false
2082 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
2083   // Merge the attributes
2084   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2085 
2086   // Merge the storage class.
2087   if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
2088       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
2089     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2090 
2091   // Merge "pure" flag.
2092   if (Old->isPure())
2093     New->setPure();
2094 
2095   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2096   // declarations.
2097   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2098     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2099       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2100                                Context);
2101 
2102   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2103     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old);
2104 
2105   return false;
2106 }
2107 
2108 
2109 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2110                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2111   // We don't want to merge unavailable and deprecated attributes
2112   // except from interface to implementation.
2113   bool mergeDeprecation = isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext());
2114 
2115   // Merge the attributes.
2116   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, mergeDeprecation);
2117 
2118   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2119   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin();
2120   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2121          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2122        ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi)
2123     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
2124 
2125   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
2126 }
2127 
2128 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2129 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2130 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2131 ///
2132 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2133 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't
2134 /// check them before the initializer is attached.
2135 ///
2136 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) {
2137   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2138     return;
2139 
2140   QualType MergedT;
2141   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2142     AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
2143     if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) {
2144       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2145       return;
2146     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2147       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2148       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2149     }
2150     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2151     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2152     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2153     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2154     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2155     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2156              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2157       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2158         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2159       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2160         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2161       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2162         MergedT = New->getType();
2163     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2164              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2165       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2166         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2167       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2168         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2169       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2170         MergedT = Old->getType();
2171     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2172                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2173         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2174                                                         Old->getType());
2175     }
2176   } else {
2177     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2178   }
2179   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2180     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2181       << New->getDeclName();
2182     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2183     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2184   }
2185   New->setType(MergedT);
2186 }
2187 
2188 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2189 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2190 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2191 ///
2192 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2193 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2194 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2195 ///
2196 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2197   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2198   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2199     return;
2200 
2201   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2202   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2203   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2204       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2205     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2206       << New->getDeclName();
2207     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2208          diag::note_previous_definition);
2209     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2210   }
2211 
2212   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2213   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2214   //
2215   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2216   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2217     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2218       << New->getIdentifier();
2219     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2220     New->setInvalidDecl();
2221   }
2222 
2223   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2224   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2225   // declaration
2226   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2227       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2228       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2229     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2230     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2231     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2232     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2233   }
2234 
2235   // Merge the types.
2236   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old);
2237   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2238     return;
2239 
2240   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
2241   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2242       (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
2243     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2244     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2245     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2246   }
2247   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2248   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2249   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2250   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2251   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2252   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2253   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2254   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2255   //   identifier has external linkage.
2256   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2257     /* Okay */;
2258   else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2259            Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2260     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2261     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2262     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2263   }
2264 
2265   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2266   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2267       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2268     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2269     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2270     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2271   }
2272   if (Old->hasExternalStorage() &&
2273       !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2274     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2275     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2276     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2277   }
2278 
2279   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2280 
2281   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2282   // need to check for mismatches.
2283   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2284       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2285       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2286         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2287     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2288     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2289     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2290   }
2291 
2292   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2293     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2294     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2295   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2296     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2297     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2298   }
2299 
2300   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2301   const VarDecl *Def;
2302   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2303       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2304       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
2305     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2306       << New->getDeclName();
2307     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2308     New->setInvalidDecl();
2309     return;
2310   }
2311   // c99 6.2.2 P4.
2312   // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
2313   // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
2314   // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
2315   // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
2316   // specified at the prior declaration.
2317   // FIXME. revisit this code.
2318   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2319       Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage &&
2320       New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext())
2321     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2322 
2323   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
2324   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
2325 
2326   // Inherit access appropriately.
2327   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
2328 }
2329 
2330 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2331 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
2332 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2333                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
2334   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS,
2335                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
2336 }
2337 
2338 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2339 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
2340 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
2341 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2342                                        DeclSpec &DS,
2343                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
2344   Decl *TagD = 0;
2345   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
2346   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2347       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2348       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2349       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2350     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
2351 
2352     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
2353       return 0;
2354 
2355     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
2356     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
2357     // it's a Type.
2358     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
2359       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
2360     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
2361       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
2362   }
2363 
2364   if (Tag)
2365     Tag->setFreeStanding();
2366 
2367   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2368     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
2369     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
2370     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2371       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2372            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
2373            << DS.getSourceRange();
2374   }
2375 
2376   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
2377     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
2378     // and definitions of functions and variables.
2379     if (Tag)
2380       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
2381         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2382             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2383             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3);
2384     else
2385       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
2386     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
2387     return TagD;
2388   }
2389 
2390   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
2391     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
2392     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
2393     if (TagD && !Tag)
2394       return 0;
2395     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
2396   }
2397 
2398   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
2399   // declarators.
2400   bool emittedWarning = false;
2401 
2402   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
2403     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
2404         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
2405       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
2406           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
2407         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
2408 
2409       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2410         << DS.getSourceRange();
2411       emittedWarning = true;
2412     }
2413   }
2414 
2415   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
2416   if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2417       CurContext->isRecord() &&
2418       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
2419     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
2420     //   struct STRUCT;
2421     // and
2422     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
2423     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
2424     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
2425         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
2426          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
2427       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
2428         << DS.getSourceRange();
2429       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
2430     }
2431   }
2432 
2433   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2434       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2435     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
2436       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
2437           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) {
2438         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2439           << DS.getSourceRange();
2440         emittedWarning = true;
2441       }
2442 
2443   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
2444   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD;
2445 
2446   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
2447     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
2448     // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
2449     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2450         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
2451       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
2452         << DS.getSourceRange();
2453       return Tag;
2454     }
2455 
2456     Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2457       << DS.getSourceRange();
2458     emittedWarning = true;
2459   }
2460 
2461   // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers;
2462   // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we
2463   // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators.
2464   if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
2465     return TagD;
2466 
2467   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
2468   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
2469   // useless.
2470   if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
2471     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
2472       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier)
2473         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs);
2474 
2475   if (DS.isThreadSpecified())
2476     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread";
2477   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2478     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2479       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const";
2480     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2481       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile";
2482     // Restrict is covered above.
2483   }
2484   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
2485     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline";
2486   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
2487     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual";
2488   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
2489     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit";
2490 
2491   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
2492       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2493     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
2494       << Tag->getTagKind()
2495       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
2496 
2497   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
2498   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
2499   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
2500   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
2501     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
2502     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2503         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2504         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2505         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2506       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
2507       while (attrs) {
2508         Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(),
2509              diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
2510         << attrs->getName()
2511         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2512             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2513             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3);
2514         attrs = attrs->getNext();
2515       }
2516     }
2517   }
2518 
2519   return TagD;
2520 }
2521 
2522 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
2523 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
2524 ///
2525 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
2526 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
2527                                          Scope *S,
2528                                          DeclContext *Owner,
2529                                          DeclarationName Name,
2530                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2531                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
2532   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
2533                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
2534   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
2535 
2536   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
2537     return false;
2538 
2539   // Pick a representative declaration.
2540   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2541   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
2542 
2543   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
2544     return false;
2545 
2546   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
2547   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2548 
2549   return true;
2550 }
2551 
2552 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
2553 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
2554 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
2555 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
2556 /// struct, e.g.,
2557 ///
2558 /// @code
2559 /// union {
2560 ///   int i;
2561 ///   float f;
2562 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
2563 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
2564 /// @endcode
2565 ///
2566 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
2567 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
2568 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
2569                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
2570                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
2571                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
2572                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
2573                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
2574   unsigned diagKind
2575     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
2576                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
2577 
2578   bool Invalid = false;
2579 
2580   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
2581   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
2582                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
2583        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2584     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
2585         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
2586       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
2587       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
2588                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
2589         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2590         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
2591         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
2592         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
2593         Invalid = true;
2594       } else {
2595         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2596         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
2597         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
2598         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
2599         //   anonymous union is declared.
2600         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
2601         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2602           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
2603                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
2604             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
2605         else
2606           Chaining.push_back(VD);
2607 
2608         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
2609         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
2610           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
2611         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
2612           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
2613 
2614         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
2615           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
2616                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
2617                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
2618 
2619         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2620         IndirectField->setImplicit();
2621         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
2622 
2623         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
2624         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2625 
2626         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
2627       }
2628     }
2629   }
2630 
2631   return Invalid;
2632 }
2633 
2634 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2635 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2636 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2637 static StorageClass
2638 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2639   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2640   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2641   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2642   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2643   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
2644   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
2645   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2646     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2647   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2648   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2649   }
2650   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2651 }
2652 
2653 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2654 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2655 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2656 static StorageClass
2657 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2658   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2659   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2660   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2661   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2662   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2663     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2664   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
2665   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2666   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
2667   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2668   }
2669   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2670 }
2671 
2672 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
2673 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
2674 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures
2675 /// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension.
2676 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2677                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
2678                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
2679   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
2680 
2681   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
2682   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2683     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
2684   else if (!Record->isUnion())
2685     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct);
2686 
2687   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
2688   // structs/unions.
2689   bool Invalid = false;
2690   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2691     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
2692     unsigned DiagID;
2693     if (Record->isUnion()) {
2694       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2695       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
2696       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
2697       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
2698           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
2699            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
2700             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
2701         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
2702           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
2703 
2704         // Recover by adding 'static'.
2705         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
2706                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2707       }
2708       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2709       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
2710       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
2711       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
2712                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2713         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
2714              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
2715           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
2716 
2717         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
2718         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
2719                                SourceLocation(),
2720                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2721       }
2722     }
2723 
2724     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
2725     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2726       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2727         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2728           << Record->isUnion() << 0
2729           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
2730       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2731         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
2732              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2733           << Record->isUnion() << 1
2734           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
2735       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2736         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2737              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2738           << Record->isUnion() << 2
2739           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
2740 
2741       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
2742     }
2743 
2744     // C++ [class.union]p2:
2745     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
2746     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
2747     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
2748     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
2749                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
2750          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
2751       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
2752         // C++ [class.union]p3:
2753         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
2754         //   members (clause 11).
2755         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
2756         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
2757           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
2758             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
2759           Invalid = true;
2760         }
2761 
2762         // C++ [class.union]p1
2763         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
2764         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
2765         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
2766         //   array of such objects.
2767         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
2768           Invalid = true;
2769       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
2770         // Any implicit members are fine.
2771       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
2772         // This is a type that showed up in an
2773         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
2774         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
2775         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
2776       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
2777         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2778             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
2779           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
2780           if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)
2781             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
2782               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2783           else {
2784             // This is a nested type declaration.
2785             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
2786               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2787             Invalid = true;
2788           }
2789         }
2790       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
2791         // Any access specifier is fine.
2792       } else {
2793         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
2794         // member. Complain about it.
2795         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
2796         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
2797           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
2798         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
2799           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
2800         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
2801           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
2802 
2803         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
2804         if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt &&
2805             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
2806           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
2807             << (int)Record->isUnion();
2808         else {
2809           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
2810               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2811           Invalid = true;
2812         }
2813       }
2814     }
2815   }
2816 
2817   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
2818     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
2819       << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2820     Invalid = true;
2821   }
2822 
2823   // Mock up a declarator.
2824   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
2825   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
2826   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
2827 
2828   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
2829   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
2830   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2831     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
2832                              DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2833                              Record->getLocation(),
2834                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2835                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2836                              TInfo,
2837                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
2838                              /*HasInit=*/false);
2839     Anon->setAccess(AS);
2840     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2841       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
2842   } else {
2843     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
2844     assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2845            "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
2846     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
2847     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
2848       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
2849       // an error here
2850       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
2851       Invalid = true;
2852       SC = SC_None;
2853     }
2854     SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
2855     VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
2856       = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
2857 
2858     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
2859                            DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2860                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2861                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2862                            TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
2863 
2864     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
2865     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
2866     // initializer:
2867     //   union { int n = 0; };
2868     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
2869   }
2870   Anon->setImplicit();
2871 
2872   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
2873   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
2874   // its members.
2875   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
2876 
2877   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
2878   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
2879   // purposes.
2880   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
2881   Chain.push_back(Anon);
2882 
2883   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
2884                                           Chain, false))
2885     Invalid = true;
2886 
2887   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
2888   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
2889   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
2890   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
2891   // builds its lookup table, and once by
2892   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
2893   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
2894 
2895   if (Invalid)
2896     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
2897 
2898   return Anon;
2899 }
2900 
2901 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
2902 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
2903 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
2904 /// Example:
2905 ///
2906 /// struct A { int a; };
2907 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
2908 ///
2909 /// void foo() {
2910 ///   B var;
2911 ///   var.a = 3;
2912 /// }
2913 ///
2914 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2915                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
2916 
2917   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
2918   if (!Record)
2919     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
2920 
2921   // Mock up a declarator.
2922   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
2923   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
2924   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
2925 
2926   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
2927   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
2928                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
2929                              DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2930                              DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2931                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2932                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2933                              TInfo,
2934                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
2935                              /*HasInit=*/false);
2936   Anon->setImplicit();
2937 
2938   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
2939   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
2940 
2941   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
2942   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
2943   // purposes.
2944   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
2945   Chain.push_back(Anon);
2946 
2947   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
2948                                           Record->getDefinition(),
2949                                           AS_none, Chain, true))
2950     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
2951 
2952   return Anon;
2953 }
2954 
2955 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
2956 /// given Declarator.
2957 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
2958   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
2959 }
2960 
2961 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
2962 DeclarationNameInfo
2963 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
2964   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
2965   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2966 
2967   switch (Name.getKind()) {
2968 
2969   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
2970   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
2971     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
2972     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2973     return NameInfo;
2974 
2975   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
2976     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2977                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
2978     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2979     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
2980       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
2981     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
2982       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
2983     return NameInfo;
2984 
2985   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
2986     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
2987                                                            Name.Identifier));
2988     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2989     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
2990     return NameInfo;
2991 
2992   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
2993     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2994     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
2995     if (Ty.isNull())
2996       return DeclarationNameInfo();
2997     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
2998                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
2999     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3000     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3001     return NameInfo;
3002   }
3003 
3004   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3005     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3006     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3007     if (Ty.isNull())
3008       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3009     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3010                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3011     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3012     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3013     return NameInfo;
3014   }
3015 
3016   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3017     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3018     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3019     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3020     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3021     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3022       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3023 
3024     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3025     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3026 
3027     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3028     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3029     // was qualified.
3030 
3031     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3032                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3033     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3034     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3035     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3036     return NameInfo;
3037   }
3038 
3039   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3040     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3041     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3042     if (Ty.isNull())
3043       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3044     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3045                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3046     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3047     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3048     return NameInfo;
3049   }
3050 
3051   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3052     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3053     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3054     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3055   }
3056 
3057   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3058 
3059   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3060 }
3061 
3062 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3063   do {
3064     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3065       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3066     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3067       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3068     else
3069       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3070   } while (true);
3071 }
3072 
3073 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3074 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3075 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3076 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3077 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3078 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3079 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3080 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3081                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3082                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3083                                      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3084   Params.clear();
3085   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3086     return false;
3087   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3088     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3089     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3090 
3091     // The parameter types are identical
3092     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3093       continue;
3094 
3095     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3096     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3097     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3098     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3099 
3100     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3101         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3102       Params.push_back(Idx);
3103     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3104       return false;
3105   }
3106 
3107   return true;
3108 }
3109 
3110 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3111 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3112 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3113 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3114 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3115 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3116                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3117   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3118   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3119   //   - types which will become injected class names
3120   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3121   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3122   // few cases here.
3123 
3124   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3125   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3126   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3127   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3128   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3129   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3130   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3131     // Grab the type from the parser.
3132     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3133     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3134     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3135 
3136     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3137     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3138     // attached already.
3139     if (!TSI)
3140       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3141 
3142     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3143     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3144     if (!TSI) return true;
3145 
3146     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3147     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3148     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3149     break;
3150   }
3151 
3152   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3153     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3154     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3155     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3156     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3157     break;
3158   }
3159 
3160   default:
3161     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3162     break;
3163   }
3164 
3165   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3166   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3167     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3168 
3169     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3170     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3171     // pointer.
3172     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3173       continue;
3174 
3175     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3176     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3177     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3178       return true;
3179   }
3180 
3181   return false;
3182 }
3183 
3184 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3185   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3186   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this));
3187 
3188   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3189       Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3190     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3191 
3192   return Dcl;
3193 }
3194 
3195 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3196 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3197 ///   name different from T:
3198 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3199 ///     - every member function of class T
3200 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3201 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3202 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3203                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3204   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3205 
3206   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3207     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3208       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3209       return true;
3210     }
3211 
3212   return false;
3213 }
3214 
3215 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
3216                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3217   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3218   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
3219   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3220 
3221   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
3222   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
3223   if (!Name) {
3224     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
3225       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3226            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
3227         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
3228     return 0;
3229   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
3230     return 0;
3231 
3232   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
3233   // we find one that is.
3234   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
3235          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
3236     S = S->getParent();
3237 
3238   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
3239   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
3240     D.setInvalidType();
3241   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3242     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3243                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
3244       return 0;
3245 
3246     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3247     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
3248     if (!DC) {
3249       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
3250       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
3251       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
3252       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
3253       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3254            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
3255         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
3256         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3257       return 0;
3258     }
3259     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
3260 
3261     if (!IsDependentContext &&
3262         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
3263       return 0;
3264 
3265     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
3266       if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
3267         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3268              diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
3269           << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3270         D.setInvalidType();
3271       } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) &&
3272                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3273         // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class
3274         // definition:
3275         //
3276         // class X {
3277         //   void X::f();
3278         // };
3279         if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) {
3280           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification)
3281             << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange());
3282         } else {
3283           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification)
3284             << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3285 
3286           // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
3287           // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
3288           // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
3289           if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
3290                Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
3291               !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
3292                  Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))))
3293             return 0;
3294         }
3295 
3296         // Pretend that this qualifier was not here.
3297         D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
3298       }
3299     }
3300 
3301     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
3302     // declaration in the current instantiation.
3303     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
3304         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
3305       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
3306       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
3307         D.setInvalidType();
3308     }
3309   }
3310 
3311   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
3312     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
3313     // Just return early; it's safer.
3314     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3315       return 0;
3316 
3317   NamedDecl *New;
3318 
3319   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
3320   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3321 
3322   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
3323                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
3324     D.setInvalidType();
3325 
3326   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
3327                         ForRedeclaration);
3328 
3329   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
3330   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3331     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
3332 
3333     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
3334     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
3335     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
3336     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3337       /* Do nothing*/;
3338     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3339       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3340           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3341         IsLinkageLookup = true;
3342     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
3343       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3344     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
3345              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3346       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3347 
3348     if (IsLinkageLookup)
3349       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
3350 
3351     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
3352   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
3353     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
3354 
3355     // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for
3356     // out-of-line members.
3357     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
3358 
3359     // C++ 7.3.1.2p2:
3360     // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named
3361     // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit
3362     // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being
3363     // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears
3364     // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the
3365     // declarations namespace.
3366     //
3367     // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet
3368     // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually
3369     // the declaration we want to match. For example, given:
3370     //
3371     //   class X {
3372     //     void f();
3373     //     void f(float);
3374     //   };
3375     //
3376     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
3377     //
3378     // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set
3379     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
3380     // matches.
3381 
3382     // First check whether we named the global scope.
3383     if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
3384       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3385         << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3386     } else {
3387       DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3388       while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3389         Cur = Cur->getParent();
3390       if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3391         // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration.
3392         // Emit diagnostic based on current scope.
3393         SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc();
3394         SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3395         if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3396           Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R;
3397         else
3398           Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
3399             << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R;
3400         D.setInvalidType();
3401       }
3402 
3403       // C++11 8.3p1:
3404       // ... "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
3405       // not begin with a decltype-specifer"
3406       NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc =
3407             D.getCXXScopeSpec().getWithLocInContext(Context);
3408       assert(SpecLoc && "A non-empty CXXScopeSpec should have a non-empty "
3409                         "NestedNameSpecifierLoc");
3410       while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
3411         SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
3412       if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
3413             SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
3414         Diag(SpecLoc.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
3415           << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
3416     }
3417   }
3418 
3419   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3420       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
3421     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
3422     if (!D.isInvalidType())
3423       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3424                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
3425 
3426     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
3427     Previous.clear();
3428   }
3429 
3430   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
3431   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
3432   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
3433   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
3434   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
3435       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3436     Previous.clear();
3437 
3438   bool AddToScope = true;
3439   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3440     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
3441       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
3442       return 0;
3443     }
3444 
3445     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
3446   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3447     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3448                                   move(TemplateParamLists),
3449                                   AddToScope);
3450   } else {
3451     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3452                                   move(TemplateParamLists));
3453   }
3454 
3455   if (New == 0)
3456     return 0;
3457 
3458   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
3459   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
3460   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
3461        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
3462     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
3463 
3464   return New;
3465 }
3466 
3467 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
3468 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
3469 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
3470 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
3471                                                     ASTContext &Context,
3472                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
3473                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3474   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
3475   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
3476   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
3477   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
3478   SizeIsNegative = false;
3479   Oversized = 0;
3480 
3481   if (T->isDependentType())
3482     return QualType();
3483 
3484   QualifierCollector Qs;
3485   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
3486 
3487   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
3488     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
3489     QualType FixedType =
3490         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3491                                             Oversized);
3492     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3493     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
3494     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3495   }
3496   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
3497     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
3498     QualType FixedType =
3499         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3500                                             Oversized);
3501     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3502     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
3503     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3504   }
3505 
3506   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
3507   if (!VLATy)
3508     return QualType();
3509   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
3510   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
3511     return QualType();
3512 
3513   llvm::APSInt Res;
3514   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
3515       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
3516     return QualType();
3517 
3518   // Check whether the array size is negative.
3519   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
3520     SizeIsNegative = true;
3521     return QualType();
3522   }
3523 
3524   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
3525   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
3526     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
3527                                               Res);
3528   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
3529     Oversized = Res;
3530     return QualType();
3531   }
3532 
3533   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
3534                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3535 }
3536 
3537 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
3538 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
3539 void
3540 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
3541                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
3542                                        Scope *S) {
3543   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3544          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
3545   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
3546   LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
3547 
3548   if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
3549     return;
3550 
3551   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
3552 
3553   // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
3554   // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
3555   // declaration.
3556   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
3557     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
3558     // chain, so remove it from its scope.
3559 
3560     if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
3561       // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope.
3562       // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain
3563       // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain.
3564       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND);
3565 
3566     } else {
3567       // Find the scope for the original declaration.
3568       while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
3569         S = S->getParent();
3570     }
3571 
3572     if (S)
3573       S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
3574   }
3575 }
3576 
3577 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
3578 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
3579   if (ExternalSource) {
3580     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
3581     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
3582     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls);
3583     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
3584       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
3585         = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
3586       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
3587         LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
3588     }
3589   }
3590 
3591   return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name);
3592 }
3593 
3594 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
3595 /// does not identify a function.
3596 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
3597   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
3598   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
3599   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
3600     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
3601          diag::err_inline_non_function);
3602 
3603   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
3604     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3605          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
3606 
3607   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
3608     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3609          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
3610 }
3611 
3612 NamedDecl*
3613 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
3614                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
3615   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
3616   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3617     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
3618       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3619     D.setInvalidType();
3620     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
3621     DC = CurContext;
3622     Previous.clear();
3623   }
3624 
3625   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3626     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
3627     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
3628   }
3629 
3630   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
3631 
3632   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
3633     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
3634   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
3635     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
3636       << 1;
3637 
3638   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
3639     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
3640       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
3641     return 0;
3642   }
3643 
3644   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
3645   if (!NewTD) return 0;
3646 
3647   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
3648   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
3649 
3650   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
3651 
3652   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
3653   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
3654   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
3655   return ND;
3656 }
3657 
3658 void
3659 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3660   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
3661   // then it shall have block scope.
3662   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
3663   // that redeclarations will match.
3664   QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType();
3665   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
3666     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
3667 
3668     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
3669       bool SizeIsNegative;
3670       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
3671       QualType FixedTy =
3672           TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3673                                               Oversized);
3674       if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
3675         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
3676         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy));
3677       } else {
3678         if (SizeIsNegative)
3679           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
3680         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
3681           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
3682         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
3683           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
3684             << Oversized.toString(10);
3685         else
3686           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
3687         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
3688       }
3689     }
3690   }
3691 }
3692 
3693 
3694 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
3695 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
3696 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
3697 NamedDecl*
3698 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
3699                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
3700   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
3701   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
3702   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
3703                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
3704   if (!Previous.empty()) {
3705     Redeclaration = true;
3706     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
3707   }
3708 
3709   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
3710   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
3711     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
3712         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
3713       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
3714         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
3715       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
3716         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
3717       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
3718         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
3719       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
3720         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
3721       else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list"))
3722         Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD));
3723     }
3724 
3725   return NewTD;
3726 }
3727 
3728 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
3729 /// previous declaration.
3730 ///
3731 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
3732 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
3733 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
3734 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
3735 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
3736 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
3737 ///
3738 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
3739 /// lookup
3740 ///
3741 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
3742 /// declared.
3743 ///
3744 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
3745 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
3746 static bool
3747 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
3748                                 ASTContext &Context) {
3749   if (!PrevDecl)
3750     return false;
3751 
3752   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
3753     return false;
3754 
3755   if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3756     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
3757     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
3758     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
3759     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
3760     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
3761     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
3762     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
3763     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
3764       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
3765       return false;
3766 
3767     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
3768     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
3769       // We found a member function: ignore it.
3770       return false;
3771 
3772     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
3773     // previous declarations.
3774     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
3775     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
3776 
3777     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
3778     // isn't the same function.
3779     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
3780       return false;
3781   }
3782 
3783   return true;
3784 }
3785 
3786 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
3787   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
3788   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
3789   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
3790 }
3791 
3792 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
3793   QualType type = decl->getType();
3794   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
3795   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
3796     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
3797     unsigned kind = -1U;
3798     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
3799       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
3800         kind = 0; // __block
3801       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
3802         kind = 1; // global
3803     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
3804       kind = 3; // ivar
3805     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
3806       kind = 2; // field
3807     }
3808 
3809     if (kind != -1U) {
3810       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
3811         << kind;
3812     }
3813   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
3814     // Try to infer lifetime.
3815     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
3816       return false;
3817 
3818     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
3819     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
3820     decl->setType(type);
3821   }
3822 
3823   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
3824     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
3825     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
3826         var->isThreadSpecified()) {
3827       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
3828         << var->getType();
3829       return true;
3830     }
3831   }
3832 
3833   return false;
3834 }
3835 
3836 NamedDecl*
3837 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
3838                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
3839                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3840   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3841   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
3842 
3843   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
3844   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3845     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
3846 
3847   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
3848   assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3849          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3850   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3851   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3852     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3853     // an error here
3854     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3855     D.setInvalidType();
3856     SC = SC_None;
3857   }
3858   SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3859   VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3860     = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3861 
3862   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3863   if (!II) {
3864     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
3865       << Name;
3866     return 0;
3867   }
3868 
3869   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
3870 
3871   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
3872     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
3873     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
3874     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
3875 
3876       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
3877       // is a GNU extension.
3878       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
3879         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
3880       else
3881         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
3882       D.setInvalidType();
3883     }
3884   }
3885 
3886   if (getLangOptions().OpenCL) {
3887     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
3888     // OpenCL __local address space.
3889     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
3890       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
3891   }
3892 
3893   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
3894   VarDecl *NewVD;
3895   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3896     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3897                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
3898                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3899 
3900     if (D.isInvalidType())
3901       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3902   } else {
3903     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
3904       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
3905       if (SC == SC_Static) {
3906         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3907              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
3908           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3909       } else if (SC == SC_None)
3910         SC = SC_Static;
3911     }
3912     if (SC == SC_Static) {
3913       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
3914         if (RD->isLocalClass())
3915           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3916                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
3917             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
3918 
3919         // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
3920         // the program is ill-formed.
3921         //
3922         // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
3923         if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName()))
3924           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3925                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct)
3926             << Name << RD->isUnion();
3927       }
3928     }
3929 
3930     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
3931     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
3932     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
3933     bool Invalid = false;
3934     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
3935         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
3936                                   D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3937                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3938                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3939                                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
3940                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
3941                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
3942                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
3943                                                   Invalid)) {
3944       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
3945         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
3946         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
3947           << II
3948           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
3949                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
3950         return 0;
3951       } else {
3952         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
3953         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
3954         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
3955              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
3956           << II
3957           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
3958                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
3959       }
3960     }
3961 
3962     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3963                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
3964                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3965 
3966     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
3967     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
3968     if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
3969         R->getContainedAutoType())
3970       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
3971 
3972     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
3973       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3974 
3975     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
3976 
3977     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3978       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
3979                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
3980                                            TemplateParamLists.release());
3981     }
3982 
3983     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
3984       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
3985   }
3986 
3987   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
3988   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
3989   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
3990 
3991   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
3992     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
3993       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
3994     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
3995       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
3996     else
3997       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
3998   }
3999 
4000   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4001     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
4002       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4003         << 2
4004         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4005     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4006       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
4007         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
4008         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
4009         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4010     else
4011       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
4012   }
4013 
4014   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4015   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
4016 
4017   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
4018   // retainable type.
4019   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4020     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4021 
4022   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4023   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4024     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4025     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4026     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
4027     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
4028       switch (SC) {
4029       case SC_None:
4030       case SC_Auto:
4031         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
4032         break;
4033       case SC_Register:
4034         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
4035           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
4036         break;
4037       case SC_Static:
4038       case SC_Extern:
4039       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4040       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4041         break;
4042       }
4043     }
4044 
4045     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
4046                                                 Context, Label));
4047   }
4048 
4049   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
4050   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
4051     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
4052 
4053   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
4054   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
4055   // declaration has linkage).
4056   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
4057                        isExplicitSpecialization);
4058 
4059   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4060     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4061   } else {
4062     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
4063     if (!Previous.empty()) {
4064       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4065           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
4066           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4067         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
4068         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4069         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
4070           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4071         Previous.clear();
4072         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4073       }
4074     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4075       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
4076       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
4077         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
4078         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4079       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4080     }
4081 
4082     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4083 
4084     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
4085     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4086         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
4087       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4088   }
4089 
4090   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
4091   // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not
4092   // here.
4093   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
4094     VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4095     if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) &&
4096         Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) {
4097       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
4098       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4099     }
4100   }
4101 
4102   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
4103   // such variables.
4104   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
4105       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4106     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
4107 
4108   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
4109   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
4110   if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
4111     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
4112 
4113   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD);
4114 
4115   return NewVD;
4116 }
4117 
4118 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
4119 /// -Wshadow.
4120 ///
4121 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
4122 /// scope.
4123 ///
4124 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
4125 /// \param R the lookup of the name
4126 ///
4127 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
4128   // Return if warning is ignored.
4129   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
4130         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4131     return;
4132 
4133   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
4134   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
4135     return;
4136 
4137   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
4138 
4139   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
4140   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
4141     return;
4142 
4143   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
4144   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4145     return;
4146 
4147   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
4148   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4149     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
4150       if (MD->isStatic())
4151         return;
4152 
4153   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4154     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
4155       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
4156       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
4157       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
4158              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
4159            I != E; ++I)
4160         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
4161           ShadowedDecl = *I;
4162           break;
4163         }
4164     }
4165 
4166   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
4167 
4168   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
4169   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
4170     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
4171     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
4172       return;
4173 
4174     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
4175     // static data members from base classes?
4176 
4177     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
4178     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
4179     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
4180   }
4181 
4182   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
4183   unsigned Kind;
4184   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
4185     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4186       Kind = 3; // field
4187     else
4188       Kind = 2; // static data member
4189   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
4190     Kind = 1; // global
4191   else
4192     Kind = 0; // local
4193 
4194   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
4195 
4196   // Emit warning and note.
4197   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
4198   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4199 }
4200 
4201 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
4202 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
4203   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
4204         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4205     return;
4206 
4207   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
4208                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4209   LookupName(R, S);
4210   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
4211 }
4212 
4213 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
4214 /// declaration.
4215 ///
4216 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
4217 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
4218 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
4219 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
4220 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
4221 ///
4222 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
4223 ///
4224 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
4225 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
4226                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
4227   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
4228   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4229     return false;
4230 
4231   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
4232 
4233   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
4234     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
4235       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
4236     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4237     NewVD->setType(T);
4238   }
4239 
4240   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
4241   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
4242   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
4243   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
4244   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
4245     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
4246     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4247     return false;
4248   }
4249 
4250   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
4251       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4252     if (getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4253       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
4254     else
4255       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
4256   }
4257 
4258   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
4259   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
4260       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4261     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4262 
4263   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
4264       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
4265     bool SizeIsNegative;
4266     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4267     QualType FixedTy =
4268         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4269                                             Oversized);
4270 
4271     if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
4272       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
4273       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
4274       // int a[10][n];
4275       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
4276 
4277       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4278         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
4279         << SizeRange;
4280       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
4281         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
4282         << SizeRange;
4283       else
4284         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
4285         << SizeRange;
4286       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4287       return false;
4288     }
4289 
4290     if (FixedTy.isNull()) {
4291       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4292         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4293       else
4294         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
4295       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4296       return false;
4297     }
4298 
4299     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4300     NewVD->setType(FixedTy);
4301   }
4302 
4303   if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
4304     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
4305     // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
4306     // declaration with the same name.
4307     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4308       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
4309     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4310       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
4311   }
4312 
4313   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
4314     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
4315       << T;
4316     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4317     return false;
4318   }
4319 
4320   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4321     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
4322     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4323     return false;
4324   }
4325 
4326   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4327     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
4328     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4329     return false;
4330   }
4331 
4332   // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only
4333   // function pointer-to-members can do that.
4334   QualType Pointee;
4335   unsigned PtrOrRef = 0;
4336   if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
4337     Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType();
4338   else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
4339     Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType();
4340     PtrOrRef = 1;
4341   }
4342   if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() &&
4343       Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) {
4344     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer)
4345         << PtrOrRef;
4346     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4347     return false;
4348   }
4349 
4350   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4351     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
4352     return true;
4353   }
4354   return false;
4355 }
4356 
4357 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
4358 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
4359   Sema *S;
4360   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
4361 };
4362 
4363 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
4364 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
4365 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
4366 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
4367                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
4368                                  void *UserData) {
4369   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
4370 
4371   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
4372     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
4373 
4374   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
4375 
4376   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
4377   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4378     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
4379     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
4380     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
4381 
4382     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
4383   }
4384 
4385   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
4386        Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second;
4387        ++Path.Decls.first) {
4388     NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first;
4389     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4390       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
4391         return true;
4392     }
4393   }
4394 
4395   return false;
4396 }
4397 
4398 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
4399 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
4400 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
4401   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
4402   CXXBasePaths Paths;
4403   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
4404   Data.Method = MD;
4405   Data.S = this;
4406   bool AddedAny = false;
4407   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
4408     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
4409          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4410       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
4411         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
4412         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
4413             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
4414             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
4415           AddedAny = true;
4416         }
4417       }
4418     }
4419   }
4420 
4421   return AddedAny;
4422 }
4423 
4424 namespace {
4425   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
4426   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
4427   struct ActOnFDArgs {
4428     Scope *S;
4429     Declarator &D;
4430     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
4431     bool AddToScope;
4432   };
4433 }
4434 
4435 namespace {
4436 
4437 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
4438 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
4439  public:
4440   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4441     return candidate.getEditDistance() > 0;
4442   }
4443 };
4444 
4445 }
4446 
4447 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
4448 ///
4449 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
4450 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
4451 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
4452 /// the same name.
4453 ///
4454 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
4455 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
4456 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
4457     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
4458     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
4459   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
4460   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
4461   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
4462   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
4463                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4464   llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4465   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
4466   TypoCorrection Correction;
4467   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4468                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
4469   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
4470                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
4471 
4472   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4473   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
4474   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
4475          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
4476   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator;
4477   if (!Prev.empty()) {
4478     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
4479          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4480       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
4481       if (FD &&
4482           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4483         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
4484         // involve a parameter
4485         unsigned ParamNum =
4486             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
4487         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
4488       }
4489     }
4490   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
4491   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
4492                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
4493                                          &Validator, NewDC))) {
4494     // Trap errors.
4495     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
4496 
4497     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
4498     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
4499                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4500     Previous.clear();
4501     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
4502     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
4503                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
4504          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4505       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4506       if (FD && hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD,
4507                                      MismatchedParams)) {
4508         Previous.addDecl(FD);
4509       }
4510     }
4511     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
4512     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
4513     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
4514     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
4515     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
4516                                              NewFD->getDeclContext(),
4517                                              NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
4518                                              Previous,
4519                                              ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
4520                                              ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
4521     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
4522       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
4523       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4524                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4525       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
4526       Previous.clear();
4527       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
4528       Result = NULL;
4529     } else {
4530       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
4531                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
4532            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4533         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
4534           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
4535       }
4536     }
4537     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
4538       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
4539       Correction = TypoCorrection();
4540     } else {
4541       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
4542                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
4543     }
4544   }
4545 
4546   if (Correction)
4547     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
4548         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOptions())
4549         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4550             NewFD->getLocation(),
4551             Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOptions()));
4552   else
4553     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
4554         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
4555 
4556   bool NewFDisConst = false;
4557   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
4558     NewFDisConst = NewMD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const;
4559 
4560   for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
4561        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
4562        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
4563     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
4564     bool FDisConst = false;
4565     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
4566       FDisConst = MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const;
4567 
4568     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
4569       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
4570       SemaRef.Diag(FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(),
4571              diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
4572           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
4573     } else if (Correction) {
4574       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
4575           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOptions());
4576     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
4577       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
4578           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
4579     } else
4580       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
4581   }
4582   return Result;
4583 }
4584 
4585 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
4586                                                           Declarator &D) {
4587   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
4588   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
4589   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
4590   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
4591   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
4592     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4593                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
4594     D.setInvalidType();
4595     break;
4596   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
4597   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
4598   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
4599     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
4600       // C99 6.7.1p5:
4601       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
4602       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
4603       //   other than extern
4604       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
4605       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4606                    diag::err_static_block_func);
4607       break;
4608     } else
4609       return SC_Static;
4610   }
4611   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4612   }
4613 
4614   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
4615   return SC_None;
4616 }
4617 
4618 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
4619                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
4620                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4621                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
4622                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
4623   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4624   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4625 
4626   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
4627   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
4628   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4629   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4630     = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4631 
4632   if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4633     // Determine whether the function was written with a
4634     // prototype. This true when:
4635     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
4636     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
4637     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
4638     bool HasPrototype =
4639       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
4640       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
4641 
4642     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4643                                  D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, R,
4644                                  TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4645                                  HasPrototype);
4646     if (D.isInvalidType())
4647       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4648 
4649     // Set the lexical context.
4650     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
4651 
4652     return NewFD;
4653   }
4654 
4655   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
4656   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
4657 
4658   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
4659   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
4660   // the class has been completely parsed.
4661   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
4662       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4663                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4664                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
4665                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
4666     D.setInvalidType();
4667 
4668   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
4669     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
4670     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
4671            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
4672 
4673     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4674     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4675                                       D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo,
4676                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
4677                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
4678                                       isConstexpr);
4679 
4680   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4681     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
4682     if (DC->isRecord()) {
4683       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4684       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
4685       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
4686                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
4687                                         D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4688                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
4689                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
4690 
4691       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
4692       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
4693       // it yet.
4694       if (SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() &&
4695           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
4696           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
4697         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
4698       }
4699 
4700       IsVirtualOkay = true;
4701       return NewDD;
4702 
4703     } else {
4704       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
4705       D.setInvalidType();
4706 
4707       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
4708       // code path.
4709       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4710                                   D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4711                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
4712                                   SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4713                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
4714     }
4715 
4716   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
4717     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
4718       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4719            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
4720       return 0;
4721     }
4722 
4723     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4724     IsVirtualOkay = true;
4725     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4726                                      D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo,
4727                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
4728                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
4729 
4730   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
4731     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
4732     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
4733     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
4734     // constructor if it has no return type).
4735     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
4736         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
4737       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
4738         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
4739         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
4740       return 0;
4741     }
4742 
4743     bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
4744 
4745     // [class.free]p1:
4746     // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
4747     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
4748     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
4749         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
4750       isStatic = true;
4751 
4752     // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
4753     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
4754     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
4755         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
4756       isStatic = true;
4757 
4758     IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
4759 
4760     // This is a C++ method declaration.
4761     return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4762                                  D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, R,
4763                                  TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4764                                  isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
4765 
4766   } else {
4767     // Determine whether the function was written with a
4768     // prototype. This true when:
4769     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
4770     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4771                                 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4772                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4773                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
4774   }
4775 }
4776 
4777 NamedDecl*
4778 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4779                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4780                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
4781                               bool &AddToScope) {
4782   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4783 
4784   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
4785 
4786   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4787   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4788   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4789   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
4790 
4791   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
4792     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
4793 
4794   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4795   if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
4796     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4797          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
4798     << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()
4799     << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*");
4800 
4801     QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
4802     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4803     if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
4804       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
4805       R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
4806                                   FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
4807     }
4808     else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R))
4809       R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T);
4810   }
4811 
4812   bool isFriend = false;
4813   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
4814   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4815   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
4816   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
4817   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
4818 
4819   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
4820                                               isVirtualOkay);
4821   if (!NewFD) return 0;
4822 
4823   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
4824     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4825 
4826   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4827     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
4828     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
4829     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
4830     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
4831     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4832     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
4833       // C++ [class.friend]p5
4834       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
4835       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
4836       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
4837     }
4838 
4839     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
4840     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4841     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
4842     if (D.isInvalidType())
4843       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4844 
4845     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
4846     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
4847     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4848     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4849 
4850     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4851     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4852     bool Invalid = false;
4853     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4854           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4855                                   D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4856                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4857                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4858                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
4859                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4860                                   isFriend,
4861                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4862                                   Invalid)) {
4863       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4864         // This is a function template
4865 
4866         // Check that we can declare a template here.
4867         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
4868           return 0;
4869 
4870         // A destructor cannot be a template.
4871         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4872           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
4873           return 0;
4874         }
4875 
4876         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
4877         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
4878         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
4879         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
4880           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4881           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
4882             Invalid = true;
4883         }
4884 
4885 
4886         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
4887                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
4888                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
4889                                                         NewFD);
4890         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4891         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
4892 
4893         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
4894         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
4895           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4896                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
4897                                                TemplateParamLists.release());
4898         }
4899       } else {
4900         // This is a function template specialization.
4901         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
4902         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
4903         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4904                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
4905                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
4906 
4907         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
4908         if (isFriend) {
4909           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
4910           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
4911 
4912           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
4913           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
4914           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
4915           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
4916           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
4917           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
4918           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
4919             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
4920             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
4921           }
4922 
4923           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
4924             << Name << RemoveRange
4925             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
4926             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
4927         }
4928       }
4929     }
4930     else {
4931       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
4932       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
4933       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
4934         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
4935         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4936                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
4937                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
4938     }
4939 
4940     if (Invalid) {
4941       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4942       if (FunctionTemplate)
4943         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
4944     }
4945 
4946     // If we see "T var();" at block scope, where T is a class type, it is
4947     // probably an attempt to initialize a variable, not a function declaration.
4948     // We don't catch this case earlier, since there is no ambiguity here.
4949     if (!FunctionTemplate && D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == FDK_Declaration &&
4950         CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4951         D.getNumTypeObjects() == 1 && D.isFunctionDeclarator() &&
4952         D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten()
4953           == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4954       QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
4955       DeclaratorChunk &C = D.getTypeObject(0);
4956       if (!T->isVoidType() && C.Fun.NumArgs == 0 && !C.Fun.isVariadic &&
4957           !C.Fun.TrailingReturnType &&
4958           C.Fun.getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
4959         SourceRange ParenRange(C.Loc, C.EndLoc);
4960         Diag(C.Loc, diag::warn_empty_parens_are_function_decl) << ParenRange;
4961 
4962         // If the declaration looks like:
4963         //   T var1,
4964         //   f();
4965         // and name lookup finds a function named 'f', then the ',' was
4966         // probably intended to be a ';'.
4967         if (!D.isFirstDeclarator() && D.getIdentifier()) {
4968           FullSourceLoc Comma(D.getCommaLoc(), SourceMgr);
4969           FullSourceLoc Name(D.getIdentifierLoc(), SourceMgr);
4970           if (Comma.getFileID() != Name.getFileID() ||
4971               Comma.getSpellingLineNumber() != Name.getSpellingLineNumber()) {
4972             LookupResult Result(*this, D.getIdentifier(), SourceLocation(),
4973                                 LookupOrdinaryName);
4974             if (LookupName(Result, S))
4975               Diag(D.getCommaLoc(), diag::note_empty_parens_function_call)
4976                 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(D.getCommaLoc(), ";") << NewFD;
4977           }
4978         }
4979         const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4980         // Empty parens mean value-initialization, and no parens mean default
4981         // initialization. These are equivalent if the default constructor is
4982         // user-provided, or if zero-initialization is a no-op.
4983         if (RD && RD->hasDefinition() &&
4984             (RD->isEmpty() || RD->hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor()))
4985           Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_default_ctor)
4986             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenRange);
4987         else if (const char *Init = getFixItZeroInitializerForType(T))
4988           Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize)
4989             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, Init);
4990         else if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
4991           Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize)
4992             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, "{}");
4993       }
4994     }
4995 
4996     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
4997     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
4998     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
4999     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
5000     //
5001     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5002       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
5003         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5004              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5005       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5006         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
5007         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5008              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
5009           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5010       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5011         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
5012         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
5013         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5014              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
5015           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5016       } else {
5017         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
5018         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
5019       }
5020     }
5021 
5022     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
5023     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
5024     //  declaration.
5025     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5026       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5027         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
5028         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
5029              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
5030           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
5031       }
5032     }
5033 
5034     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
5035     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
5036     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
5037     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
5038     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5039       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5040         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
5041         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5042              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
5043           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5044       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
5045                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5046         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
5047         // or conversion function.
5048         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5049              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
5050           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5051       }
5052     }
5053 
5054     if (isConstexpr) {
5055       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
5056       // are implicitly inline.
5057       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5058 
5059       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
5060       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
5061       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
5062       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
5063         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
5064     }
5065 
5066     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
5067     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5068       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5069         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
5070           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
5071         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5072           << 0
5073           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
5074       } else {
5075         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
5076         if (FunctionTemplate)
5077           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5078       }
5079     }
5080 
5081     if (isFriend) {
5082       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
5083       if (FunctionTemplate) {
5084         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5085         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
5086       }
5087       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5088       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5089     }
5090 
5091     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
5092     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
5093       case FDK_Declaration:
5094       case FDK_Definition:
5095         break;
5096 
5097       case FDK_Defaulted:
5098         NewFD->setDefaulted();
5099         break;
5100 
5101       case FDK_Deleted:
5102         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
5103         break;
5104     }
5105 
5106     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
5107         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5108       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
5109       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
5110       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
5111       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5112     }
5113 
5114     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
5115         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5116       // C++ [class.static]p1:
5117       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
5118       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
5119       //   the class.
5120 
5121       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
5122       // member function definition.
5123       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5124            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5125         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5126     }
5127   }
5128 
5129   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
5130   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
5131                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
5132                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
5133 
5134   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5135   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
5136     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5137     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5138     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
5139                                                 SE->getString()));
5140   }
5141 
5142   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
5143   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
5144   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5145   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
5146     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
5147 
5148     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
5149     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
5150     // single void argument.
5151     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
5152     // already checks for that case.
5153     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
5154         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
5155         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5156       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
5157       ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param);
5158 
5159       // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5160       // typedef of void is not permitted.
5161       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5162           Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5163         bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5164         if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5165           IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5166         else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5167                    Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5168           IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5169         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5170           << IsTypeAlias;
5171       }
5172     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
5173       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
5174         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
5175         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
5176         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
5177         Params.push_back(Param);
5178 
5179         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
5180           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5181       }
5182     }
5183 
5184   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5185     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
5186     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
5187     // parameters for use in the declaration.
5188     //
5189     // @code
5190     // typedef void fn(int);
5191     // fn f;
5192     // @endcode
5193 
5194     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
5195     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
5196          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
5197       ParmVarDecl *Param =
5198         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
5199       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
5200       Params.push_back(Param);
5201     }
5202   } else {
5203     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
5204            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
5205   }
5206 
5207   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
5208   NewFD->setParams(Params);
5209 
5210   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
5211   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5212                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
5213 
5214   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5215     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5216     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
5217     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5218       if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5219         // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
5220         // because all functions have linkage.
5221         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
5222         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5223       } else {
5224         if (NewFD->isMain())
5225           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5226         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5227                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5228       }
5229     }
5230     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5231             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5232            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5233   } else {
5234     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
5235     // argument list into our AST format.
5236     bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5237     TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5238     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5239       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5240       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
5241       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5242       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
5243                                          TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5244                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
5245       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
5246                                  TemplateArgs);
5247       TemplateArgsPtr.release();
5248 
5249       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5250 
5251       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5252         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5253       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
5254         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
5255         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
5256           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5257 
5258         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5259       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5260                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5261         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5262         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5263         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5264         // too few of them).
5265         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5266           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5267           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
5268                                     D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5269                                         "template<> ");
5270         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5271       } else {
5272         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
5273         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5274       }
5275     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5276       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
5277       // wrote something like:
5278       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
5279       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
5280       //   friend void foo<>(int);
5281       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
5282       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5283         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5284       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5285     }
5286 
5287     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
5288     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
5289     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
5290     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
5291     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
5292     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
5293         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
5294          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
5295             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
5296             InstantiationDependent))) {
5297       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
5298              "friend function specialization without template args");
5299       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
5300                                                        Previous))
5301         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5302     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5303       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
5304           && !isFriend) {
5305         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
5306         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt ?
5307           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
5308           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
5309           << NewFD->getDeclName();
5310       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
5311                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
5312                                                      Previous))
5313         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5314 
5315       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
5316       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
5317       //   specialization (14.7.3)
5318       if (SC != SC_None) {
5319         if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass())
5320           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5321                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
5322             << SC
5323             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5324                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5325 
5326         else
5327           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5328                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
5329             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5330                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5331       }
5332 
5333     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5334       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
5335           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5336     }
5337 
5338     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5339     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5340       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5341         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
5342         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
5343         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5344           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
5345       } else {
5346         if (NewFD->isMain())
5347           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5348         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5349                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5350       }
5351     }
5352 
5353     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5354             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5355            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5356 
5357     if (NewFD->isConstexpr() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5358         !CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(NewFD, CCK_Declaration))
5359       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5360 
5361     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
5362                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
5363                                 : NewFD);
5364 
5365     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
5366       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
5367       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5368         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
5369 
5370       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
5371       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
5372 
5373       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
5374     }
5375 
5376     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
5377         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
5378       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
5379 
5380     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
5381     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
5382     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5383       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
5384                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
5385       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5386                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
5387                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
5388                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
5389                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
5390                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
5391                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5392                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5393                                  DC->isDependentContext())
5394                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5395                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
5396     }
5397 
5398     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5399       // Ignore all the rest of this.
5400     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
5401       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
5402                                        AddToScope };
5403       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
5404       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
5405         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5406 
5407       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
5408       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5409         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
5410         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
5411 
5412         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
5413         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
5414         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
5415         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
5416         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
5417         // can actually do this check immediately.
5418         if (isFriend &&
5419             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
5420              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
5421              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
5422           // ignore these
5423         } else {
5424           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
5425           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
5426           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
5427           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
5428           //
5429           // class X {
5430           //   void f() const;
5431           // };
5432           //
5433           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
5434           //
5435           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
5436           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
5437           // whether the parameter types are references).
5438 
5439           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5440                                                                NewFD,
5441                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
5442             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5443             return Result;
5444           }
5445         }
5446 
5447         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
5448         // to something.
5449       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
5450         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5451                                                              NewFD,
5452                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
5453           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5454           return Result;
5455         }
5456       }
5457 
5458     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5459                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5460                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
5461       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
5462       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5463       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
5464       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
5465       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
5466       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
5467       // generate them.
5468       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
5469         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5470     }
5471   }
5472 
5473 
5474   // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes
5475   // (for example to check for conflicts, etc).
5476   // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then,
5477   // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts.
5478   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5479                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
5480 
5481   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
5482   // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging
5483   if (D.isRedeclaration() && Previous.isSingleResult()) {
5484     const FunctionDecl *Def;
5485     FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
5486     if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) {
5487       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
5488       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5489     }
5490   }
5491 
5492   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
5493 
5494   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
5495       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5496     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5497          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
5498       << NewFD;
5499 
5500     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
5501     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5502     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5503     EPI.Variadic = true;
5504     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
5505 
5506     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
5507     NewFD->setType(R);
5508   }
5509 
5510   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
5511   // member, set the visibility of this function.
5512   if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
5513     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
5514 
5515   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
5516   // marking the function.
5517   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
5518 
5519   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
5520   // map of such names.
5521   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
5522       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5523     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
5524 
5525   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
5526   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
5527 
5528   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5529     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5530       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5531         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5532       return FunctionTemplate;
5533     }
5534   }
5535 
5536   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
5537 
5538   if (getLangOptions().CUDA)
5539     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
5540       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5541           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5542         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
5543           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
5544             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
5545 
5546           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
5547         }
5548       }
5549 
5550   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
5551   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
5552   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
5553   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5554     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
5555                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
5556                                 Context, CurContext,  SourceLocation(),
5557                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD));
5558     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
5559     AddToScope = false;
5560   }
5561 
5562   return NewFD;
5563 }
5564 
5565 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
5566 ///
5567 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
5568 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
5569 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
5570 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
5571 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
5572 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
5573 /// via InstantiateDecl).
5574 ///
5575 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is
5576 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
5577 ///
5578 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
5579 ///
5580 /// Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
5581 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5582                                     LookupResult &Previous,
5583                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
5584   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
5585          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
5586 
5587   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
5588   if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
5589     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
5590     // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
5591     // declaration with the same name.
5592     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
5593       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
5594     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
5595       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
5596   }
5597 
5598   bool Redeclaration = false;
5599 
5600   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
5601   // the same name, if appropriate.
5602   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5603     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
5604     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
5605     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
5606     // function to the scope.
5607 
5608     NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
5609     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
5610       Redeclaration = true;
5611       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
5612     } else {
5613       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
5614                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
5615       case Ovl_Match:
5616         Redeclaration = true;
5617         break;
5618 
5619       case Ovl_NonFunction:
5620         Redeclaration = true;
5621         break;
5622 
5623       case Ovl_Overload:
5624         Redeclaration = false;
5625         break;
5626       }
5627 
5628       if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
5629         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
5630         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
5631         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
5632           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
5633         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
5634         if (Redeclaration)
5635           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
5636         else if (!Previous.empty())
5637           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
5638         if (OverloadedDecl)
5639           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
5640                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
5641         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
5642                                                         Context));
5643       }
5644     }
5645 
5646     if (Redeclaration) {
5647       // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
5648       // merged.
5649       if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
5650         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5651         return Redeclaration;
5652       }
5653 
5654       Previous.clear();
5655       Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
5656 
5657       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
5658                                     = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5659         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
5660         FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
5661           = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
5662         assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
5663         if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
5664               = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
5665           Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5666           NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5667         }
5668 
5669         // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
5670         // template, mark it as a member specialization.
5671         if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
5672             NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
5673           NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
5674           assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
5675         }
5676 
5677       } else {
5678         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
5679           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
5680         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
5681       }
5682     }
5683   }
5684 
5685   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
5686   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5687     // C++-specific checks.
5688     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
5689       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
5690     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
5691                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
5692       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
5693       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5694 
5695       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
5696       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
5697       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
5698         DeclarationName Name
5699           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5700                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
5701         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
5702           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
5703           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5704           return Redeclaration;
5705         }
5706       }
5707     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
5708                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5709       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
5710     }
5711 
5712     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
5713     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5714       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
5715           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5716         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
5717           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
5718           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
5719             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual)
5720               << NewFD->getDeclName();
5721             for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator
5722                       Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(),
5723                    OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods();
5724                  Overridden != OverriddenEnd;
5725                  ++Overridden) {
5726               Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(),
5727                    diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5728             }
5729           }
5730         }
5731       }
5732     }
5733 
5734     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
5735     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5736         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
5737       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5738       return Redeclaration;
5739     }
5740 
5741     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
5742     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
5743         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
5744       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5745       return Redeclaration;
5746     }
5747 
5748     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
5749     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
5750     // during delayed parsing anyway.
5751     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
5752       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
5753 
5754     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
5755     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
5756     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
5757       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
5758       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
5759       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
5760         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
5761         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
5762         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
5763       }
5764     }
5765   }
5766   return Redeclaration;
5767 }
5768 
5769 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
5770   // C++ [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline
5771   //   or static is ill-formed.
5772   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
5773   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
5774   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
5775   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
5776     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
5777          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
5778       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5779   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
5780     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
5781       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
5782 
5783   QualType T = FD->getType();
5784   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
5785   const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
5786 
5787   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
5788     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
5789     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5790   }
5791 
5792   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
5793   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
5794 
5795   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
5796   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
5797   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
5798 
5799   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
5800 
5801   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
5802   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
5803   // getting shifty.
5804   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
5805     HasExtraParameters = false;
5806 
5807   if (HasExtraParameters) {
5808     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
5809     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5810     nparams = 3;
5811   }
5812 
5813   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
5814   // if we had some location information about types.
5815 
5816   QualType CharPP =
5817     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
5818   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
5819 
5820   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
5821     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
5822 
5823     bool mismatch = true;
5824 
5825     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
5826       mismatch = false;
5827     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
5828       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
5829       //   char const **
5830       //   char const * const *
5831       //   char * const *
5832 
5833       QualifierCollector qs;
5834       const PointerType* PT;
5835       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5836           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5837           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
5838         qs.removeConst();
5839         mismatch = !qs.empty();
5840       }
5841     }
5842 
5843     if (mismatch) {
5844       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
5845       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
5846       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5847     }
5848   }
5849 
5850   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5851     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
5852   }
5853 
5854   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5855     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
5856     FD->setInvalidDecl();
5857   }
5858 }
5859 
5860 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
5861   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
5862   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
5863   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
5864   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
5865   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
5866   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
5867   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
5868   // rules there don't matter.)
5869   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
5870     return false;
5871   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
5872     << Init->getSourceRange();
5873   return true;
5874 }
5875 
5876 namespace {
5877   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
5878   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
5879   class SelfReferenceChecker
5880       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
5881     Sema &S;
5882     Decl *OrigDecl;
5883     bool isRecordType;
5884     bool isPODType;
5885 
5886   public:
5887     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
5888 
5889     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
5890                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
5891       isPODType = false;
5892       isRecordType = false;
5893       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
5894         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
5895         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
5896       }
5897     }
5898 
5899     void VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
5900       if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return;
5901       if (isRecordType) {
5902         Expr *expr = E;
5903         if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
5904           ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl();
5905           if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<VarDecl>(VD)) return;
5906           expr = ME->getBase();
5907         }
5908         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(expr)) {
5909           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
5910           return;
5911         }
5912       }
5913       Inherited::VisitExpr(E);
5914     }
5915 
5916     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
5917       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
5918       if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()))
5919         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE
5920               = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
5921           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
5922           return;
5923         }
5924       Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
5925     }
5926 
5927     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
5928       if ((!isRecordType &&E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) ||
5929           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) {
5930         Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5931         if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SubExpr))
5932           SubExpr = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5933         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) {
5934           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
5935           return;
5936         }
5937       }
5938       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
5939     }
5940 
5941     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
5942       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
5943       if (isRecordType && isPODType) return;
5944       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
5945     }
5946 
5947     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
5948       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
5949       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
5950       LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
5951                           Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
5952       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
5953                             S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init)
5954                               << Result.getLookupName()
5955                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
5956                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
5957     }
5958   };
5959 }
5960 
5961 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
5962 void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) {
5963   SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).VisitExpr(E);
5964 }
5965 
5966 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
5967 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
5968 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
5969 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
5970                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
5971   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
5972   // the initializer.
5973   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
5974     return;
5975 
5976   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
5977   if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
5978     // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled
5979     // by a dataflow analysis.
5980     if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal())
5981       CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init);
5982   }
5983   else {
5984     CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init);
5985   }
5986 
5987   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
5988     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
5989     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
5990     // Thus this grotesque test.
5991     IntegerLiteral *IL;
5992     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
5993         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
5994       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
5995     else {
5996       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
5997         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
5998       Method->setInvalidDecl();
5999     }
6000     return;
6001   }
6002 
6003   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
6004   if (!VDecl) {
6005     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
6006     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
6007     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6008     return;
6009   }
6010 
6011   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
6012   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) {
6013     TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
6014     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType) ==
6015             DAR_Failed)
6016       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, Init);
6017     if (!DeducedType) {
6018       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6019       return;
6020     }
6021     VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType);
6022     VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType());
6023 
6024     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
6025     if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
6026       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6027 
6028     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
6029     // the previously declared type.
6030     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
6031       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old);
6032   }
6033 
6034   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
6035     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
6036     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
6037     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6038     return;
6039   }
6040 
6041 
6042   // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
6043   // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the
6044   // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
6045   QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
6046   if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
6047     BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
6048   if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
6049                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6050     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6051     return;
6052   }
6053 
6054   // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6055   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
6056                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6057                              AbstractVariableType))
6058     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6059 
6060   const VarDecl *Def;
6061   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
6062     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6063       << VDecl->getDeclName();
6064     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6065     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6066     return;
6067   }
6068 
6069   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
6070   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6071     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
6072     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
6073     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6074     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
6075     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
6076     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
6077     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
6078     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
6079     //
6080     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
6081     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
6082     // declaration with an initializer.
6083     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
6084       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6085         << VDecl->getDeclName();
6086       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6087       return;
6088     }
6089 
6090     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
6091       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6092 
6093     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
6094       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6095       return;
6096     }
6097   }
6098 
6099   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
6100   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
6101   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
6102     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
6103     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6104     return;
6105   }
6106 
6107   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
6108   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
6109   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
6110 
6111   // Perform the initialization.
6112   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6113     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
6114     InitializationKind Kind
6115       = DirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
6116                                                       Init->getLocStart(),
6117                                                       Init->getLocEnd())
6118                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
6119                                                     Init->getLocStart());
6120 
6121     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
6122     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6123                                               MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1),
6124                                               &DclT);
6125     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6126       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6127       return;
6128     }
6129 
6130     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
6131   }
6132 
6133   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
6134   // completed by the initializer. For example:
6135   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
6136   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
6137   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) {
6138     VDecl->setType(DclT);
6139     Init->setType(DclT.getNonReferenceType());
6140   }
6141 
6142   // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
6143   CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
6144 
6145   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6146     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
6147 
6148   Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
6149   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
6150   VDecl->setInit(Init);
6151 
6152   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
6153     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
6154     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
6155     // C++ does not have this restriction.
6156     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
6157         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6158       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6159   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
6160              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
6161     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
6162     //
6163     // struct S {
6164     //   static const int value = 17;
6165     // };
6166 
6167     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
6168     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
6169     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
6170     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
6171     //
6172     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
6173     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
6174     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6175     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
6176     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
6177     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
6178     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
6179     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
6180     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
6181 
6182     // Do nothing on dependent types.
6183     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
6184 
6185     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
6186     // type. We separately check that the initializer is a constant expression,
6187     // which implicitly requires the member to be of literal type.
6188     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
6189 
6190     // Require constness.
6191     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
6192       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
6193         << Init->getSourceRange();
6194       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6195 
6196     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
6197     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6198       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
6199       SourceLocation Loc;
6200       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
6201         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
6202         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
6203         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
6204       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
6205         ; // Nothing to check.
6206       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
6207         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
6208       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6209         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
6210         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
6211         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6212           << Init->getSourceRange();
6213       } else {
6214         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
6215         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
6216         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6217           << Init->getSourceRange();
6218         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6219       }
6220 
6221     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
6222     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
6223       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
6224         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6225       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x)
6226         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
6227              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr)
6228           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6229 
6230       if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6231         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6232           << Init->getSourceRange();
6233         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6234       }
6235 
6236     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
6237     } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) {
6238       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
6239         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
6240         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6241       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
6242 
6243     } else {
6244       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
6245         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6246       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6247     }
6248   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
6249     if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
6250         (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
6251          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
6252       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
6253 
6254     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
6255     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6256       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6257   }
6258 
6259   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
6260 }
6261 
6262 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
6263 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
6264 /// of sanity.
6265 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
6266   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
6267   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
6268   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6269 
6270   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6271   if (!VD) return;
6272 
6273   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
6274   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
6275     D->setInvalidDecl();
6276     return;
6277   }
6278 
6279   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
6280   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
6281 
6282   // Require a complete type.
6283   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
6284                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
6285                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6286     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6287     return;
6288   }
6289 
6290   // Require an abstract type.
6291   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
6292                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6293                              AbstractVariableType)) {
6294     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6295     return;
6296   }
6297 
6298   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
6299   // though.
6300 }
6301 
6302 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
6303                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6304   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
6305   if (RealDecl == 0)
6306     return;
6307 
6308   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6309     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6310 
6311     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
6312     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
6313       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
6314         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
6315       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6316       return;
6317     }
6318 
6319     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
6320     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
6321     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
6322     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
6323     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
6324     // member.
6325     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6326       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
6327         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6328              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
6329           << Var->getDeclName();
6330       else
6331         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
6332       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6333       return;
6334     }
6335 
6336     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6337     case VarDecl::Definition:
6338       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
6339         break;
6340 
6341       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
6342       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
6343       // a declaration.
6344       //
6345       // Fall through
6346 
6347     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
6348       // It's only a declaration.
6349 
6350       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
6351       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
6352       // object shall be complete.
6353       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
6354           !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6355           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6356                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
6357         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6358 
6359       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
6360       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6361           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6362                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6363                                  AbstractVariableType))
6364         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6365       return;
6366 
6367     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
6368       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
6369       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
6370       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
6371       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
6372       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
6373       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
6374         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
6375                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
6376           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6377                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
6378                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
6379             Var->setInvalidDecl();
6380         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6381           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
6382           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
6383           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
6384           // NOTE: code such as the following
6385           //     static struct s;
6386           //     struct s { int a; };
6387           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
6388           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
6389           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
6390           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
6391             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6392                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
6393         }
6394       }
6395 
6396       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
6397       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
6398         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
6399       return;
6400     }
6401 
6402     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6403     // definitions with incomplete array type.
6404     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
6405       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6406            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
6407       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6408       return;
6409     }
6410 
6411     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6412     // definitions with reference type.
6413     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
6414       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
6415         << Var->getDeclName()
6416         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
6417       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6418       return;
6419     }
6420 
6421     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
6422     // variable with dependent type.
6423     if (Type->isDependentType())
6424       return;
6425 
6426     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
6427       return;
6428 
6429     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6430                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
6431                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6432       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6433       return;
6434     }
6435 
6436     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6437     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6438                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6439                                AbstractVariableType)) {
6440       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6441       return;
6442     }
6443 
6444     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
6445     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
6446     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
6447     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
6448     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
6449     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
6450     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
6451     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
6452     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
6453     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
6454     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6455       if (const RecordType *Record
6456             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6457         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
6458         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
6459         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
6460         // incompatibilities with C++98.
6461         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
6462           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6463       }
6464     }
6465 
6466     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
6467     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
6468     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
6469     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
6470     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
6471     //   type shall have a user-declared default
6472     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
6473     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
6474     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
6475     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
6476     //   program is ill-formed.
6477     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
6478     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
6479     //   default-initialized; [...].
6480     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
6481     InitializationKind Kind
6482       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
6483 
6484     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
6485     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6486                                       MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
6487     if (Init.isInvalid())
6488       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6489     else if (Init.get())
6490       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
6491 
6492     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
6493   }
6494 }
6495 
6496 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
6497   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6498   if (!VD) {
6499     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
6500     D->setInvalidDecl();
6501     return;
6502   }
6503 
6504   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
6505 
6506   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
6507   int Error = -1;
6508   switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) {
6509   case SC_None:
6510     break;
6511   case SC_Extern:
6512     Error = 0;
6513     break;
6514   case SC_Static:
6515     Error = 1;
6516     break;
6517   case SC_PrivateExtern:
6518     Error = 2;
6519     break;
6520   case SC_Auto:
6521     Error = 3;
6522     break;
6523   case SC_Register:
6524     Error = 4;
6525     break;
6526   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
6527     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
6528   }
6529   if (VD->isConstexpr())
6530     Error = 5;
6531   if (Error != -1) {
6532     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
6533       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
6534     D->setInvalidDecl();
6535   }
6536 }
6537 
6538 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
6539   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6540 
6541   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
6542   // local retaining variable.
6543   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6544       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6545     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
6546     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
6547     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
6548     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
6549       break;
6550 
6551     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
6552     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
6553       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6554       break;
6555     }
6556   }
6557 
6558   // All the following checks are C++ only.
6559   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return;
6560 
6561   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType());
6562   if (baseType->isDependentType()) return;
6563 
6564   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
6565   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6566     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
6567     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
6568 
6569     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
6570     // constructing this copy.
6571     QualType type = var->getType();
6572 
6573     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
6574       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
6575       Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi);
6576       ExprResult result =
6577         PerformCopyInitialization(
6578                         InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
6579                                   poi, Owned(varRef));
6580       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
6581         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
6582         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
6583         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
6584       }
6585     }
6586   }
6587 
6588   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
6589   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
6590 
6591   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) {
6592     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
6593         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
6594                                             var->getLocation())
6595           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
6596         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
6597       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
6598         << Init->getSourceRange();
6599 
6600     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
6601       llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
6602       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
6603         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
6604         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
6605         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
6606         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
6607               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
6608           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
6609           Notes.clear();
6610         }
6611         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
6612           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
6613         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
6614           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
6615       }
6616     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions()) {
6617       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
6618       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
6619       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
6620       var->checkInitIsICE();
6621     }
6622   }
6623 
6624   // Require the destructor.
6625   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
6626     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
6627 }
6628 
6629 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
6630 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
6631 void
6632 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
6633   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
6634   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
6635 }
6636 
6637 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
6638 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
6639                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
6640   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
6641 
6642   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
6643     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
6644 
6645   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
6646     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
6647       Decls.push_back(D);
6648 
6649   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
6650                               DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
6651 }
6652 
6653 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
6654 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
6655 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
6656 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
6657                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6658   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
6659   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
6660   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
6661   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
6662   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
6663   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
6664   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
6665   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
6666     QualType Deduced;
6667     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
6668     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
6669     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
6670       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
6671         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
6672         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
6673         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
6674           break;
6675         if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) {
6676           QualType U = AT->getDeducedType();
6677           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
6678           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
6679             Deduced = U;
6680             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
6681             DeducedDecl = D;
6682           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
6683             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
6684                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
6685               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
6686               << U << D->getDeclName()
6687               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
6688               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
6689             D->setInvalidDecl();
6690             break;
6691           }
6692         }
6693       }
6694     }
6695   }
6696 
6697   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
6698 }
6699 
6700 
6701 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
6702 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
6703 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
6704   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
6705 
6706   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
6707   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
6708   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
6709   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
6710   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
6711     StorageClass = SC_Register;
6712     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
6713   } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6714              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
6715     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
6716     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto;
6717   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
6718     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6719          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
6720     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
6721   }
6722 
6723   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
6724     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
6725   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
6726     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
6727       << 0;
6728 
6729   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
6730 
6731   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
6732   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
6733 
6734   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6735     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
6736     // parameter.
6737     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
6738 
6739     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6740     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6741       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
6742         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6743       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
6744     }
6745   }
6746 
6747   // Ensure we have a valid name
6748   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
6749   if (D.hasName()) {
6750     II = D.getIdentifier();
6751     if (!II) {
6752       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
6753         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
6754       D.setInvalidType(true);
6755     }
6756   }
6757 
6758   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
6759   if (II) {
6760     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
6761                    ForRedeclaration);
6762     LookupName(R, S);
6763     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
6764       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6765       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
6766         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
6767         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
6768         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
6769         PrevDecl = 0;
6770       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
6771         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
6772         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6773 
6774         // Recover by removing the name
6775         II = 0;
6776         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
6777         D.setInvalidType(true);
6778       }
6779     }
6780   }
6781 
6782   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
6783   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
6784   // looking like class members in C++.
6785   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
6786                                     D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6787                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
6788                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
6789                                     StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
6790 
6791   if (D.isInvalidType())
6792     New->setInvalidDecl();
6793 
6794   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
6795   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
6796   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
6797                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
6798 
6799   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
6800   S->AddDecl(New);
6801   if (II)
6802     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
6803 
6804   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
6805 
6806   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
6807     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
6808       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
6809       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
6810       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6811 
6812   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6813     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6814   }
6815   return New;
6816 }
6817 
6818 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
6819 /// typedef.
6820 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
6821                                               SourceLocation Loc,
6822                                               QualType T) {
6823   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
6824      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
6825      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
6826   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
6827                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
6828                                            SC_None, SC_None, 0);
6829   Param->setImplicit();
6830   return Param;
6831 }
6832 
6833 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
6834                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
6835   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
6836   // will already have done so in the template itself.
6837   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
6838     return;
6839 
6840   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
6841     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
6842         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
6843       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
6844         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
6845     }
6846   }
6847 }
6848 
6849 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
6850                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
6851                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
6852                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
6853   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
6854     return;
6855 
6856   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
6857   // threshold.
6858   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
6859     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
6860     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
6861       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
6862           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
6863   }
6864 
6865   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
6866   // threshold.
6867   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
6868     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
6869     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
6870       continue;
6871     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
6872     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
6873       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
6874           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
6875   }
6876 }
6877 
6878 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
6879                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
6880                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6881                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
6882                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
6883   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
6884   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6885       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
6886       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
6887 
6888     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
6889 
6890     // Special cases for arrays:
6891     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
6892     //   - otherwise, it's an error
6893     if (T->isArrayType()) {
6894       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
6895         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
6896             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
6897             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
6898       }
6899       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
6900     } else {
6901       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
6902     }
6903     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
6904   }
6905 
6906   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
6907                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
6908                                          TSInfo,
6909                                          StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
6910                                          0);
6911 
6912   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
6913   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6914   // the class has been completely parsed.
6915   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
6916       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6917                              AbstractParamType))
6918     New->setInvalidDecl();
6919 
6920   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
6921   // passed by reference.
6922   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6923     Diag(NameLoc,
6924          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
6925       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, "*");
6926     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6927     New->setType(T);
6928   }
6929 
6930   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
6931   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
6932   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
6933   // an address space.
6934   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6935     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
6936     New->setInvalidDecl();
6937   }
6938 
6939   return New;
6940 }
6941 
6942 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
6943                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
6944   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6945 
6946   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
6947   // for a K&R function.
6948   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
6949     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
6950       --i;
6951       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
6952         llvm::SmallString<256> Code;
6953         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
6954                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
6955                                         << ";\n";
6956         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
6957           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
6958           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
6959 
6960         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
6961         // type.
6962         AttributeFactory attrs;
6963         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
6964         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
6965         unsigned DiagID; // unused
6966         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
6967                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
6968         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
6969         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
6970         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
6971       }
6972     }
6973   }
6974 }
6975 
6976 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
6977                                          Declarator &D) {
6978   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
6979   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
6980   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
6981 
6982   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
6983   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D,
6984                               MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this));
6985   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
6986 }
6987 
6988 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6989   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
6990   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
6991     return false;
6992 
6993   // Or declarations that aren't global.
6994   if (!FD->isGlobal())
6995     return false;
6996 
6997   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
6998   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
6999     return false;
7000 
7001   // Don't warn about 'main'.
7002   if (FD->isMain())
7003     return false;
7004 
7005   // Don't warn about inline functions.
7006   if (FD->isInlined())
7007     return false;
7008 
7009   // Don't warn about function templates.
7010   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
7011     return false;
7012 
7013   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
7014   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
7015     return false;
7016 
7017   bool MissingPrototype = true;
7018   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
7019        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
7020     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
7021     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
7022     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
7023       continue;
7024 
7025     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
7026     break;
7027   }
7028 
7029   return MissingPrototype;
7030 }
7031 
7032 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7033   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
7034   // was an extern inline function.
7035   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
7036   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
7037       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) {
7038     if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
7039         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
7040       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
7041         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
7042     else
7043       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
7044     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7045   }
7046 }
7047 
7048 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
7049   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
7050   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
7051 
7052   if (!D)
7053     return D;
7054   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7055 
7056   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
7057     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7058   else
7059     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
7060 
7061   // Enter a new function scope
7062   PushFunctionScope();
7063 
7064   // See if this is a redefinition.
7065   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
7066     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
7067 
7068   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
7069   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7070     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
7071       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
7072       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7073     }
7074   }
7075 
7076   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
7077   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
7078   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
7079   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
7080       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7081       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
7082                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
7083     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7084 
7085   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
7086   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
7087   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
7088   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
7089   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
7090   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD))
7091     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
7092 
7093   if (FnBodyScope)
7094     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
7095 
7096   // Check the validity of our function parameters
7097   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7098                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
7099 
7100   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
7101   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
7102     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
7103     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
7104 
7105     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
7106     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
7107       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
7108 
7109       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
7110     }
7111   }
7112 
7113   // Checking attributes of current function definition
7114   // dllimport attribute.
7115   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7116   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
7117     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
7118     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
7119     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
7120         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
7121       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7122            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
7123         << "dllimport";
7124       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7125       return FD;
7126     }
7127 
7128     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
7129     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
7130     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
7131       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
7132       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
7133       // emitted.
7134       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7135            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
7136         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
7137     }
7138   }
7139   return FD;
7140 }
7141 
7142 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
7143 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
7144 /// optimization.
7145 ///
7146 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
7147 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
7148 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
7149 /// use the named return value optimization.
7150 ///
7151 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
7152 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
7153 /// the NRVO variable.
7154 ///
7155 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
7156 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
7157 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
7158 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
7159   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
7160 
7161   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
7162   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
7163     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7164       return;
7165 
7166     if (!NRVOCandidate)
7167       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
7168     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7169       return;
7170   }
7171 
7172   if (NRVOCandidate)
7173     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
7174 }
7175 
7176 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
7177   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false);
7178 }
7179 
7180 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
7181                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
7182   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7183   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
7184   if (FunTmpl)
7185     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7186   else
7187     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
7188 
7189   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
7190   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
7191 
7192   if (FD) {
7193     FD->setBody(Body);
7194     if (FD->isMain()) {
7195       // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0.
7196       // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7197       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7198       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
7199     } else if (FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
7200       // If the function is marked 'naked', don't complain about missing return
7201       // statements.
7202       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
7203     }
7204 
7205     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
7206     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
7207     if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
7208       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
7209 
7210     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7211       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
7212       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7213                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
7214 
7215       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
7216       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
7217         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
7218 
7219       computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7220     }
7221 
7222     assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused");
7223   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
7224     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
7225     MD->setBody(Body);
7226     if (Body)
7227       MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd());
7228     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7229       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
7230       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
7231                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
7232 
7233       if (Body)
7234         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7235     }
7236     if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) {
7237       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc);
7238       ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false;
7239     }
7240     if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) {
7241       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize);
7242       ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false;
7243     }
7244   } else {
7245     return 0;
7246   }
7247 
7248   assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for "
7249          "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above.");
7250   assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for "
7251          "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above.");
7252 
7253   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
7254   if (Body) {
7255     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
7256     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
7257     // Verify this.
7258     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
7259       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
7260 
7261     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
7262     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
7263         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
7264         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
7265       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
7266 
7267     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
7268       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
7269         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
7270 
7271       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
7272                                              Destructor->getParent());
7273     }
7274 
7275     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7276     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7277     // deletion in some later function.
7278     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
7279         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
7280       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7281     } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
7282       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
7283       // enabled.
7284       ActivePolicy = &WP;
7285     }
7286 
7287     if (FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7288         !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))
7289       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7290 
7291     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
7292     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
7293   }
7294 
7295   if (!IsInstantiation)
7296     PopDeclContext();
7297 
7298   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
7299 
7300   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7301   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7302   // deletion in some later function.
7303   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
7304     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7305   }
7306 
7307   return dcl;
7308 }
7309 
7310 
7311 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
7312 /// relevant Decl.
7313 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
7314                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
7315   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
7316   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
7317     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
7318   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
7319 }
7320 
7321 
7322 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
7323 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
7324 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
7325                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
7326   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
7327   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
7328   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
7329   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
7330   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
7331     = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II);
7332   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
7333     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
7334     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7335     return Pos->second;
7336   }
7337 
7338   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
7339   unsigned diag_id;
7340   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
7341     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
7342   else if (getLangOptions().C99)
7343     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
7344   else
7345     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
7346   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
7347 
7348   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
7349   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
7350   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
7351     TypoCorrection Corrected;
7352     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
7353     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
7354                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, &Validator))) {
7355       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions());
7356       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions());
7357       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
7358 
7359       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
7360           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
7361 
7362       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
7363           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
7364         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
7365             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
7366     }
7367   }
7368 
7369   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
7370   const char *Dummy;
7371   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
7372   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
7373   unsigned DiagID;
7374   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
7375   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
7376   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
7377   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
7378   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0,
7379                                              0, 0, true, SourceLocation(),
7380                                              SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
7381                                              SourceLocation(),
7382                                              EST_None, SourceLocation(),
7383                                              0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D),
7384                 DS.getAttributes(),
7385                 SourceLocation());
7386   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
7387 
7388   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
7389 
7390   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
7391   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
7392 
7393   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
7394   FD->setImplicit();
7395 
7396   CurContext = PrevDC;
7397 
7398   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
7399 
7400   return FD;
7401 }
7402 
7403 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
7404 /// the declaration of this function.
7405 ///
7406 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
7407 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
7408 /// like NSLog or printf.
7409 ///
7410 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
7411 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
7412 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7413   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7414     return;
7415 
7416   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
7417   // actual attributes.
7418   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7419     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
7420     unsigned FormatIdx;
7421     bool HasVAListArg;
7422     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
7423       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
7424         const char *fmt = "printf";
7425         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
7426         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
7427             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7428           fmt = "NSString";
7429         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7430                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
7431                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
7432       }
7433     }
7434     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
7435                                              HasVAListArg)) {
7436      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
7437        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7438                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
7439                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
7440     }
7441 
7442     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
7443     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
7444     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
7445     if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno &&
7446         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
7447       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
7448         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7449     }
7450 
7451     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
7452         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
7453       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7454     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
7455       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7456     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
7457       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7458   }
7459 
7460   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
7461   if (!Name)
7462     return;
7463   if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7464        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
7465       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
7466        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
7467        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
7468     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
7469     // about.
7470   } else
7471     return;
7472 
7473   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
7474     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
7475     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
7476     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
7477       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7478                                              "printf", 2,
7479                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
7480   }
7481 }
7482 
7483 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
7484                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
7485   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
7486   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
7487 
7488   if (!TInfo) {
7489     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
7490     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
7491   }
7492 
7493   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
7494   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
7495                                            D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
7496                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7497                                            D.getIdentifier(),
7498                                            TInfo);
7499 
7500   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
7501   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
7502     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
7503     return NewTD;
7504   }
7505 
7506   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7507     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
7508       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7509         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
7510         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7511         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7512     else
7513       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
7514   }
7515 
7516   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
7517   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
7518   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
7519   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
7520   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
7521   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
7522   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
7523   case TST_enum:
7524   case TST_struct:
7525   case TST_union:
7526   case TST_class: {
7527     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
7528 
7529     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
7530     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
7531     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
7532     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
7533 
7534     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
7535     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
7536 
7537     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
7538     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
7539       break;
7540 
7541     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
7542     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
7543     break;
7544   }
7545 
7546   default:
7547     break;
7548   }
7549 
7550   return NewTD;
7551 }
7552 
7553 
7554 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
7555 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
7556 ///
7557 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
7558 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
7559                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
7560                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
7561                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
7562   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
7563   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
7564   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
7565   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
7566   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
7567   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
7568   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
7569   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
7570   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
7571   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
7572   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
7573   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
7574   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
7575   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
7576   if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct))
7577     if (OldTag == NewTag)
7578       return true;
7579 
7580   if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) &&
7581       (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) {
7582     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
7583     bool isTemplate = false;
7584     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
7585       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
7586 
7587     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7588       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
7589       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
7590       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
7591         << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
7592       return true;
7593     }
7594 
7595     if (isDefinition) {
7596       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
7597       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
7598       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
7599         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
7600         return true;
7601       }
7602 
7603       bool previousMismatch = false;
7604       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
7605            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
7606         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
7607           if (!previousMismatch) {
7608             previousMismatch = true;
7609             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
7610               << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
7611           }
7612           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
7613             << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
7614             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
7615                                             NewTag == TTK_Class?
7616                                             "class" : "struct");
7617         }
7618       }
7619       return true;
7620     }
7621 
7622     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
7623     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
7624     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
7625     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
7626                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
7627     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
7628       return true;
7629     }
7630 
7631     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
7632       << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
7633       << isTemplate << &Name;
7634     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7635 
7636     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
7637     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
7638         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
7639           << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class)
7640           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
7641                         Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct");
7642     }
7643 
7644     return true;
7645   }
7646   return false;
7647 }
7648 
7649 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
7650 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
7651 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
7652 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
7653 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
7654                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7655                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
7656                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
7657                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
7658                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
7659                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
7660                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
7661                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
7662                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
7663   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
7664   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
7665          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
7666   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
7667 
7668   OwnedDecl = false;
7669   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
7670   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
7671 
7672   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
7673   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7674   bool Invalid = false;
7675 
7676   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
7677   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
7678   // for non-C++ cases.
7679   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
7680       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
7681     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
7682           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
7683                                                 TemplateParameterLists.get(),
7684                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
7685                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
7686                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
7687                                                     Invalid)) {
7688       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7689         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
7690         // be a member of another template).
7691 
7692         if (Invalid)
7693           return 0;
7694 
7695         OwnedDecl = false;
7696         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
7697                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
7698                                                TemplateParams, AS,
7699                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
7700                                            TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
7701                  (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
7702         return Result.get();
7703       } else {
7704         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
7705         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
7706           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
7707         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
7708       }
7709     }
7710   }
7711 
7712   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
7713   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
7714   // redeclaration.
7715   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
7716 
7717   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
7718     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
7719       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
7720       // type, default to int.
7721       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7722     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
7723       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
7724       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
7725       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
7726       QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
7727       EnumUnderlying = TI;
7728 
7729       SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
7730 
7731       if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) {
7732         Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying)
7733           << T;
7734         // Recover by falling back to int.
7735         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7736       }
7737 
7738       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI,
7739                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
7740         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7741 
7742     } else if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)
7743       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
7744       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7745   }
7746 
7747   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
7748   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
7749   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
7750 
7751   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
7752   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
7753     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
7754 
7755   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
7756 
7757   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
7758     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
7759 
7760     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
7761     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
7762       Name = 0;
7763       goto CreateNewDecl;
7764     }
7765 
7766     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
7767     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
7768     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
7769       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
7770       if (!DC) {
7771         IsDependent = true;
7772         return 0;
7773       }
7774     } else {
7775       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
7776       if (!DC) {
7777         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
7778           << SS.getRange();
7779         return 0;
7780       }
7781     }
7782 
7783     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
7784       return 0;
7785 
7786     SearchDC = DC;
7787     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
7788     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
7789 
7790     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
7791       return 0;
7792 
7793     if (Previous.empty()) {
7794       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
7795       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
7796       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
7797       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
7798       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
7799       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
7800       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
7801           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
7802         IsDependent = true;
7803         return 0;
7804       }
7805 
7806       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
7807       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
7808         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
7809       Name = 0;
7810       Invalid = true;
7811       goto CreateNewDecl;
7812     }
7813   } else if (Name) {
7814     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
7815     // declaration or definition.
7816     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
7817     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
7818     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
7819     LookupName(Previous, S);
7820 
7821     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
7822         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
7823       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
7824       while (F.hasNext()) {
7825         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
7826         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
7827           F.erase();
7828       }
7829       F.done();
7830     }
7831 
7832     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
7833     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
7834       return 0;
7835 
7836     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
7837       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
7838       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
7839       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
7840       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
7841       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
7842         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
7843     }
7844   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
7845     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
7846     // initial context to the translation unit.
7847     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
7848   }
7849 
7850   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
7851       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
7852     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7853     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
7854     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7855     Previous.clear();
7856   }
7857 
7858   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
7859       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
7860     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
7861     isStdBadAlloc = true;
7862 
7863     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
7864       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
7865       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
7866       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
7867       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
7868     }
7869   }
7870 
7871   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
7872   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
7873   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
7874   // there's a shadow friend decl.
7875   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
7876       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
7877     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
7878     assert(SS.isEmpty());
7879 
7880     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
7881       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
7882       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
7883       //
7884       //          class-key identifier
7885       //
7886       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
7887       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
7888       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
7889       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
7890       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
7891       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
7892       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
7893       //      declaration.
7894       //
7895       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
7896       // C structs and unions.
7897       //
7898       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
7899       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
7900       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
7901       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
7902       //
7903       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
7904       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
7905       //
7906       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
7907       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
7908       // lexical context,
7909       while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext() ||
7910              SearchDC->isObjCContainer())
7911         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
7912 
7913       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
7914       while (S->isClassScope() ||
7915              (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7916               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
7917              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
7918              (S->getEntity() &&
7919               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
7920         S = S->getParent();
7921     } else {
7922       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
7923       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
7924       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
7925       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
7926       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
7927       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
7928     }
7929 
7930     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
7931     // diagnose some problems.
7932     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7933       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
7934       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
7935     }
7936   }
7937 
7938   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7939     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
7940 
7941     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
7942     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
7943     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
7944     // in C++.
7945     //
7946     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
7947     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
7948     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
7949     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
7950     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7951       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
7952         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
7953           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
7954           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
7955               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
7956                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
7957             PrevDecl = Tag;
7958             Previous.clear();
7959             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
7960             Previous.resolveKind();
7961           }
7962         }
7963       }
7964     }
7965 
7966     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
7967       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
7968       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
7969       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
7970       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
7971           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
7972         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
7973         // struct or something similar.
7974         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
7975                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
7976                                           *Name)) {
7977           bool SafeToContinue
7978             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
7979                Kind != TTK_Enum);
7980           if (SafeToContinue)
7981             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
7982               << Name
7983               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
7984                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
7985           else
7986             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
7987           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7988 
7989           if (SafeToContinue)
7990             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
7991           else {
7992             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
7993             Name = 0;
7994             Previous.clear();
7995             Invalid = true;
7996           }
7997         }
7998 
7999         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
8000           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
8001 
8002           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
8003           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
8004           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8005             if (ScopedEnum)
8006               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
8007                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
8008                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
8009             return PrevTagDecl;
8010           }
8011 
8012           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
8013           // returning the previous declaration.
8014           if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) {
8015             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
8016               << PrevEnum->isScoped();
8017             Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8018             return PrevTagDecl;
8019           }
8020           else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) {
8021             QualType T;
8022             if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8023                 T = TI->getType();
8024             else
8025                 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0);
8026 
8027             if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T,
8028                                                 PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) {
8029               Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
8030                    diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
8031                 << T
8032                 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType();
8033               Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8034               return PrevTagDecl;
8035             }
8036           }
8037           else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) {
8038             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
8039               << PrevEnum->isFixed();
8040             Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8041             return PrevTagDecl;
8042           }
8043         }
8044 
8045         if (!Invalid) {
8046           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
8047 
8048           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
8049           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
8050           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
8051           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
8052           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
8053                getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
8054             return PrevTagDecl;
8055 
8056           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
8057           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
8058             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
8059               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
8060               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
8061               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
8062               if (!isExplicitSpecialization ||
8063                   !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) ||
8064                   cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
8065                                                == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) {
8066                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
8067                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8068                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
8069                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
8070                 // references get the previous definition.
8071                 Name = 0;
8072                 Previous.clear();
8073                 Invalid = true;
8074               }
8075             } else {
8076               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
8077               // about a nested redefinition.
8078               const TagType *Tag
8079                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
8080               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
8081                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
8082                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
8083                      diag::note_previous_definition);
8084                 Name = 0;
8085                 Previous.clear();
8086                 Invalid = true;
8087               }
8088             }
8089 
8090             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
8091             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
8092           }
8093         }
8094         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
8095         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
8096 
8097       } else {
8098         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
8099         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
8100         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
8101         // have distinct types.
8102         Previous.clear();
8103       }
8104       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
8105       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
8106       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
8107 
8108 
8109     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
8110     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
8111     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
8112     } else {
8113       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
8114       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
8115       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
8116       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
8117           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
8118         unsigned Kind = 0;
8119         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8120         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8121         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8122         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
8123         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
8124         Invalid = true;
8125 
8126       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
8127       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
8128                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8129         // do nothing
8130 
8131       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
8132       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8133         unsigned Kind = 0;
8134         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8135         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8136         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8137         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
8138         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8139         Invalid = true;
8140 
8141       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
8142       // case here.
8143       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8144         unsigned Kind = 0;
8145         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8146         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
8147           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
8148         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8149         Invalid = true;
8150 
8151       // Otherwise, diagnose.
8152       } else {
8153         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
8154         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
8155         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
8156         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8157         Name = 0;
8158         Invalid = true;
8159       }
8160 
8161       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
8162       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
8163       Previous.clear();
8164     }
8165   }
8166 
8167 CreateNewDecl:
8168 
8169   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
8170   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
8171     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
8172 
8173   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
8174   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
8175   // keyword.
8176   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
8177 
8178   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
8179   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
8180   // PrevDecl.
8181   TagDecl *New;
8182 
8183   bool IsForwardReference = false;
8184   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8185     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8186     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
8187     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8188                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
8189                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
8190     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
8191     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
8192       TagDecl *Def;
8193       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
8194         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
8195         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
8196       }
8197       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
8198         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
8199           << New;
8200         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8201       } else {
8202         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
8203         if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)
8204           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
8205         else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
8206           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
8207         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
8208 
8209         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
8210         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
8211         // the declaration context.
8212         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
8213           IsForwardReference = true;
8214       }
8215     }
8216 
8217     if (EnumUnderlying) {
8218       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
8219       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8220         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
8221       else
8222         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
8223       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
8224     }
8225 
8226   } else {
8227     // struct/union/class
8228 
8229     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8230     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
8231     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8232       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
8233       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8234                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8235 
8236       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
8237         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
8238     } else
8239       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8240                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8241   }
8242 
8243   // Maybe add qualifier info.
8244   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8245     if (SS.isSet()) {
8246       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
8247       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
8248         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8249                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8250                     (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
8251       }
8252     }
8253     else
8254       Invalid = true;
8255   }
8256 
8257   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
8258     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
8259     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
8260     //
8261     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
8262     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
8263     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
8264     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
8265     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
8266     // parsing of the struct).
8267     AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
8268 
8269     AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
8270   }
8271 
8272   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
8273     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
8274       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8275         << 2
8276         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8277     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
8278     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
8279     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
8280     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8281       New->setModulePrivate();
8282   }
8283 
8284   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
8285   // check the specialization.
8286   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
8287     Invalid = true;
8288 
8289   if (Invalid)
8290     New->setInvalidDecl();
8291 
8292   if (Attr)
8293     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
8294 
8295   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
8296   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
8297   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
8298     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
8299 
8300   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
8301   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
8302   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8303 
8304   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
8305   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
8306   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
8307   // the tag name visible.
8308   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
8309     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
8310                                getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt);
8311 
8312   // Set the access specifier.
8313   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
8314     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
8315 
8316   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
8317     New->startDefinition();
8318 
8319   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
8320   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8321     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
8322     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
8323     if (PrevDecl)
8324       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
8325 
8326     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
8327     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false);
8328     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
8329       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
8330         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
8331   } else if (Name) {
8332     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
8333     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
8334     if (IsForwardReference)
8335       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false);
8336 
8337   } else {
8338     CurContext->addDecl(New);
8339   }
8340 
8341   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
8342   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
8343     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
8344         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
8345         II->isStr("FILE"))
8346       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
8347 
8348   OwnedDecl = true;
8349   return New;
8350 }
8351 
8352 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
8353   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8354   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8355 
8356   // Enter the tag context.
8357   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
8358 }
8359 
8360 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
8361   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
8362          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
8363   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
8364   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
8365       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
8366   CurContext = OCD;
8367   return IDecl;
8368 }
8369 
8370 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
8371                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
8372                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
8373   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8374   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
8375 
8376   FieldCollector->StartClass();
8377 
8378   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
8379     return;
8380 
8381   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
8382     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
8383 
8384   // C++ [class]p2:
8385   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
8386   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
8387   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
8388   //   as if it were a public member name.
8389   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
8390     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
8391                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
8392                             Record->getIdentifier(),
8393                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
8394                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
8395   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
8396   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
8397   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
8398   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
8399       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
8400   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
8401   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
8402          "Broken injected-class-name");
8403 }
8404 
8405 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
8406                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
8407   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8408   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8409   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
8410 
8411   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
8412     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
8413 
8414   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
8415   PopDeclContext();
8416 
8417   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
8418   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
8419 }
8420 
8421 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
8422   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
8423   PopDeclContext();
8424 }
8425 
8426 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8427   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
8428   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
8429   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
8430 }
8431 
8432 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8433   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
8434   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
8435 }
8436 
8437 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
8438   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8439   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8440   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
8441 
8442   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
8443   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
8444   // the FieldCollector.
8445 
8446   PopDeclContext();
8447 }
8448 
8449 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
8450 bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
8451                           QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth,
8452                           bool *ZeroWidth) {
8453   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
8454   if (ZeroWidth)
8455     *ZeroWidth = true;
8456 
8457   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
8458   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
8459   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8460     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
8461     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
8462       return true;
8463     if (FieldName)
8464       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
8465         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
8466     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
8467       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
8468   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
8469                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
8470     return true;
8471 
8472   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
8473   // it now.
8474   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
8475     return false;
8476 
8477   llvm::APSInt Value;
8478   if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value))
8479     return true;
8480 
8481   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
8482     *ZeroWidth = false;
8483 
8484   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
8485   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
8486     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
8487 
8488   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
8489     if (FieldName)
8490       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
8491                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
8492     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
8493       << Value.toString(10);
8494   }
8495 
8496   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
8497     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
8498     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
8499       if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8500         if (FieldName)
8501           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8502             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
8503             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8504 
8505         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8506           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8507       }
8508 
8509       if (FieldName)
8510         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8511           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
8512           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8513       else
8514         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8515           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8516     }
8517   }
8518 
8519   return false;
8520 }
8521 
8522 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
8523 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
8524 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
8525                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
8526   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
8527                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
8528                                /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public);
8529   return Res;
8530 }
8531 
8532 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
8533 ///
8534 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
8535                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
8536                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit,
8537                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
8538   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
8539   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
8540   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
8541 
8542   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
8543   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
8544   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8545     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
8546 
8547     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
8548                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
8549       D.setInvalidType();
8550       T = Context.IntTy;
8551       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
8552     }
8553   }
8554 
8555   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
8556 
8557   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
8558     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
8559   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
8560     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
8561       << 2;
8562 
8563   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
8564   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
8565   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
8566   LookupName(Previous, S);
8567   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
8568     case LookupResult::Found:
8569     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
8570       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
8571       break;
8572 
8573     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
8574       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8575       break;
8576 
8577     case LookupResult::NotFound:
8578     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
8579     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
8580       break;
8581   }
8582   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
8583 
8584   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
8585     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8586     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
8587     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8588     PrevDecl = 0;
8589   }
8590 
8591   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
8592     PrevDecl = 0;
8593 
8594   bool Mutable
8595     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
8596   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin();
8597   FieldDecl *NewFD
8598     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit,
8599                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
8600 
8601   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8602     Record->setInvalidDecl();
8603 
8604   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
8605     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
8606 
8607   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
8608     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
8609     // with the same name in the same scope.
8610   } else if (II) {
8611     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
8612   } else
8613     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
8614 
8615   return NewFD;
8616 }
8617 
8618 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
8619 ///
8620 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
8621 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
8622 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
8623 /// created.
8624 ///
8625 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
8626 ///
8627 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
8628 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
8629                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8630                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
8631                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit,
8632                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
8633                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
8634                                 Declarator *D) {
8635   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
8636   bool InvalidDecl = false;
8637   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
8638 
8639   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
8640   // marking this declaration as invalid.
8641   if (T.isNull()) {
8642     InvalidDecl = true;
8643     T = Context.IntTy;
8644   }
8645 
8646   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
8647   if (!EltTy->isDependentType() &&
8648       RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
8649     // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
8650     Record->setInvalidDecl();
8651     InvalidDecl = true;
8652   }
8653 
8654   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
8655   // than a variably modified type.
8656   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8657     bool SizeIsNegative;
8658     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
8659     QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context,
8660                                                            SizeIsNegative,
8661                                                            Oversized);
8662     if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
8663       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
8664       T = FixedTy;
8665     } else {
8666       if (SizeIsNegative)
8667         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
8668       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
8669         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
8670           << Oversized.toString(10);
8671       else
8672         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
8673       InvalidDecl = true;
8674     }
8675   }
8676 
8677   // Fields can not have abstract class types
8678   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
8679                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8680                                              AbstractFieldType))
8681     InvalidDecl = true;
8682 
8683   bool ZeroWidth = false;
8684   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
8685   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth &&
8686       VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) {
8687     InvalidDecl = true;
8688     BitWidth = 0;
8689     ZeroWidth = false;
8690   }
8691 
8692   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
8693   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
8694     unsigned DiagID = 0;
8695     if (T->isReferenceType())
8696       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
8697     else if (T.isConstQualified())
8698       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
8699 
8700     if (DiagID) {
8701       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
8702       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
8703         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
8704       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
8705       Mutable = false;
8706       InvalidDecl = true;
8707     }
8708   }
8709 
8710   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
8711                                        BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit);
8712   if (InvalidDecl)
8713     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8714 
8715   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8716     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
8717     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8718     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8719   }
8720 
8721   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8722     if (Record->isUnion()) {
8723       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8724         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
8725         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
8726           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
8727           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
8728           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
8729           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
8730           // objects.
8731           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
8732             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8733         }
8734       }
8735 
8736       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
8737       // the program is ill-formed.
8738       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
8739         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
8740           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
8741         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8742       }
8743     }
8744   }
8745 
8746   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
8747   // representation, not a parser representation.
8748   if (D)
8749     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
8750     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
8751 
8752   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
8753   // retainable type.
8754   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
8755     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8756 
8757   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
8758     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
8759 
8760   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
8761   return NewFD;
8762 }
8763 
8764 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
8765   assert(FD);
8766   assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
8767 
8768   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
8769     return true;
8770 
8771   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
8772   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8773     CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
8774     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
8775       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
8776       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
8777       // copy constructors.
8778 
8779       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
8780       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
8781         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
8782       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
8783         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
8784       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
8785         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
8786       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
8787         member = CXXDestructor;
8788 
8789       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
8790         if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
8791             getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
8792           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
8793           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
8794           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
8795           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
8796           // members unavailable.
8797           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
8798           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
8799             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
8800               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
8801                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
8802             return false;
8803           }
8804         }
8805 
8806         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x ?
8807                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
8808                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
8809           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
8810         DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member);
8811         return !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x;
8812       }
8813     }
8814   }
8815 
8816   return false;
8817 }
8818 
8819 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
8820 /// special member, figure out why.
8821 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
8822   QualType QT(T, 0U);
8823   CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl());
8824 
8825   // Check whether the member was user-declared.
8826   switch (member) {
8827   case CXXInvalid:
8828     break;
8829 
8830   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
8831     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
8832       typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
8833       for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){
8834         const FunctionDecl *body = 0;
8835         ci->hasBody(body);
8836         if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) {
8837           SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation();
8838           Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8839           return;
8840         }
8841       }
8842 
8843       llvm_unreachable("found no user-declared constructors");
8844     }
8845     break;
8846 
8847   case CXXCopyConstructor:
8848     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
8849       SourceLocation CtorLoc =
8850         RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation();
8851       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8852       return;
8853     }
8854     break;
8855 
8856   case CXXMoveConstructor:
8857     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) {
8858       SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation();
8859       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8860       return;
8861     }
8862     break;
8863 
8864   case CXXCopyAssignment:
8865     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
8866       // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy
8867       // assignment, not the type.
8868       SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8869       Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8870       return;
8871     }
8872     break;
8873 
8874   case CXXMoveAssignment:
8875     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) {
8876       SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation();
8877       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8878       return;
8879     }
8880     break;
8881 
8882   case CXXDestructor:
8883     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
8884       SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation();
8885       Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8886       return;
8887     }
8888     break;
8889   }
8890 
8891   typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter;
8892 
8893   // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
8894   // but not trivial destruction.
8895   if (member != CXXDestructor) {
8896     // Check for virtual bases.  vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
8897     // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
8898     for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi)
8899       if (bi->isVirtual()) {
8900         SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8901         Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1;
8902         return;
8903       }
8904 
8905     // Check for virtual methods.
8906     typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter;
8907     for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me;
8908          ++mi) {
8909       if (mi->isVirtual()) {
8910         SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8911         Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0;
8912         return;
8913       }
8914     }
8915   }
8916 
8917   bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
8918   switch (member) {
8919   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
8920     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break;
8921   case CXXCopyConstructor:
8922     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
8923   case CXXCopyAssignment:
8924     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break;
8925   case CXXDestructor:
8926     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break;
8927   default:
8928     llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member");
8929   }
8930 
8931   // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
8932   for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) {
8933     const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
8934     assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
8935     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
8936     if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) {
8937       SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8938       Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member;
8939       DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member);
8940       return;
8941     }
8942   }
8943 
8944   // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
8945   typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter;
8946   for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe;
8947        ++fi) {
8948     QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType());
8949     if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8950       CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl());
8951 
8952       if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) {
8953         SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation();
8954         Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member;
8955         DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member);
8956         return;
8957       }
8958     }
8959 
8960     if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
8961       switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) {
8962       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8963       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8964         break;
8965 
8966       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8967       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8968       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8969         Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership)
8970           << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime();
8971         return;
8972       }
8973     }
8974   }
8975 
8976   llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member");
8977 }
8978 
8979 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
8980 ///  AST enum value.
8981 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
8982 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
8983   switch (ivarVisibility) {
8984   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
8985   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
8986   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
8987   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
8988   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
8989   }
8990 }
8991 
8992 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
8993 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
8994 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
8995                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
8996                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
8997                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
8998 
8999   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9000   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
9001   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9002   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9003 
9004   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
9005   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
9006 
9007   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9008   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9009 
9010   if (BitWidth) {
9011     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
9012     if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) {
9013       D.setInvalidType();
9014       BitWidth = 0;
9015     }
9016   } else {
9017     // Not a bitfield.
9018 
9019     // validate II.
9020 
9021   }
9022   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
9023     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
9024     D.setInvalidType();
9025   }
9026   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9027   // than a variably modified type.
9028   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9029     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
9030     D.setInvalidType();
9031   }
9032 
9033   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
9034   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
9035     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
9036                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
9037   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
9038   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
9039   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
9040   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
9041       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9042     if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) {
9043     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
9044       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
9045       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
9046     }
9047     else
9048       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9049   } else {
9050     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
9051         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9052       if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
9053         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
9054         return 0;
9055       }
9056     }
9057     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9058   }
9059 
9060   // Construct the decl.
9061   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
9062                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
9063                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
9064 
9065   if (II) {
9066     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
9067                                            ForRedeclaration);
9068     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
9069         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9070       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9071       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9072       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9073     }
9074   }
9075 
9076   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
9077   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
9078 
9079   if (D.isInvalidType())
9080     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9081 
9082   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
9083   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
9084     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9085 
9086   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9087     NewID->setModulePrivate();
9088 
9089   if (II) {
9090     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
9091     // these to the interface.
9092     S->AddDecl(NewID);
9093     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
9094   }
9095 
9096   return NewID;
9097 }
9098 
9099 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
9100 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
9101 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
9102 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
9103 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
9104                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
9105   if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty())
9106     return;
9107 
9108   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
9109   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
9110 
9111   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
9112     return;
9113   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
9114   if (!ID) {
9115     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
9116       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
9117         return;
9118     }
9119     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
9120     else
9121       return;
9122   }
9123   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
9124   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
9125   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
9126 
9127   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
9128                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
9129                               Context.CharTy,
9130                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
9131                                                                DeclLoc),
9132                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
9133                               true);
9134   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
9135 }
9136 
9137 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
9138                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
9139                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
9140                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
9141                        AttributeList *Attr) {
9142   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
9143 
9144   // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a
9145   // redeclaration or some other bogus case.  Don't try to add fields to it.
9146   if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9147     return;
9148 
9149   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
9150   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
9151   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
9152 
9153   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
9154   bool ARCErrReported = false;
9155   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
9156        i != end; ++i) {
9157     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
9158 
9159     // Get the type for the field.
9160     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
9161 
9162     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
9163       // Remember all fields written by the user.
9164       RecFields.push_back(FD);
9165     }
9166 
9167     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
9168     // diagnostics about it.
9169     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9170       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9171       continue;
9172     }
9173 
9174     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
9175     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
9176     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
9177     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
9178     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
9179     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
9180     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
9181     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
9182     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
9183     //   array.
9184     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
9185       // Field declared as a function.
9186       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
9187         << FD->getDeclName();
9188       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9189       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9190       continue;
9191     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
9192                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
9193                 ((getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt ||
9194                   getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) &&
9195                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
9196       // Flexible array member.
9197       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
9198       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
9199       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
9200       if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) {
9201         if (Record->isUnion())
9202           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
9203             << FD->getDeclName();
9204         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
9205           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
9206             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9207       } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
9208         if (Record->isUnion())
9209           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
9210             << FD->getDeclName();
9211         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
9212           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
9213             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9214       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
9215         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
9216           << FD->getDeclName();
9217         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9218         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9219         continue;
9220       }
9221       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
9222           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
9223         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
9224           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
9225         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9226         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9227         continue;
9228       }
9229       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
9230       if (Record)
9231         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9232     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
9233                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
9234                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9235       // Incomplete type
9236       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9237       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9238       continue;
9239     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9240       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
9241         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
9242         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
9243           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9244         } else {
9245           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
9246           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
9247           // structures.
9248           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
9249             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
9250               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
9251           else {
9252             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
9253             // other structs as an extension.
9254             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
9255               << FD->getDeclName();
9256             if (Record)
9257               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9258           }
9259         }
9260       }
9261       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
9262         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9263     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
9264       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
9265       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
9266         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
9267       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
9268       FD->setType(T);
9269     }
9270     else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
9271       if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) {
9272         // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
9273         // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
9274         // so we just make the field unavailable.
9275         // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
9276         // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
9277         QualType T = FD->getType();
9278         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
9279         if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
9280           SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
9281           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
9282             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
9283               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
9284                                 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
9285             }
9286           } else {
9287             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct)
9288               << T->isBlockPointerType();
9289           }
9290           ARCErrReported = true;
9291         }
9292       }
9293       else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
9294                getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
9295                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
9296         if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9297             FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
9298           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9299         else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
9300           QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
9301           if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
9302               BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
9303             Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9304           else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9305                    BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
9306                  Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9307         }
9308       }
9309     }
9310     // Keep track of the number of named members.
9311     if (FD->getIdentifier())
9312       ++NumNamedMembers;
9313   }
9314 
9315   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
9316   if (Record) {
9317     bool Completed = false;
9318     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
9319       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
9320         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
9321         UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions();
9322         for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end();
9323              I != E; ++I)
9324           Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess());
9325 
9326         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
9327           // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting:
9328           //   If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer
9329           //   type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its
9330           //   default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment
9331           //   operator, and destructor are non-trivial.
9332           //
9333           // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition().
9334           // However, here we check whether this particular class is only
9335           // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member.
9336           // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled
9337           // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release.
9338           if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9339               CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() &&
9340               CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) {
9341             if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) {
9342               Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9343                    diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member)
9344                << CXXRecord;
9345             } else {
9346               // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location
9347               // for them is going to be tricky.
9348               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
9349                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9350                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9351                   << CXXRecord << 0;
9352               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
9353                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9354                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9355                 << CXXRecord << 1;
9356               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor())
9357                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9358                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9359                 << CXXRecord << 2;
9360             }
9361           }
9362 
9363           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
9364           if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
9365               CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
9366             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
9367 
9368           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
9369           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
9370 
9371           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
9372           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
9373           // problem now.
9374           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
9375             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
9376             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
9377 
9378             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
9379                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
9380                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
9381               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
9382                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
9383                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
9384                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
9385                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
9386                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
9387                   continue;
9388 
9389                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
9390                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
9391                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
9392                 //   program is ill-formed.
9393                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
9394                   << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
9395                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
9396                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
9397                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
9398                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
9399                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
9400                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
9401                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
9402                     << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
9403 
9404                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
9405               }
9406             }
9407             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
9408             Completed = true;
9409           }
9410         }
9411       }
9412     }
9413 
9414     if (!Completed)
9415       Record->completeDefinition();
9416 
9417     // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks
9418     // we were missing.
9419     while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) {
9420       const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor =
9421               DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first;
9422       if (Dtor->getParent() != Record)
9423         break;
9424 
9425       assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() &&
9426           "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list.");
9427       CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor,
9428           DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second);
9429       DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back();
9430     }
9431 
9432   } else {
9433     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
9434       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
9435     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9436       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
9437       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
9438       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9439         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
9440         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
9441       }
9442       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
9443       // duplicates.
9444       if (ID->getSuperClass())
9445         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
9446     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
9447                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9448       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
9449       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
9450         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
9451         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
9452         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
9453       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
9454     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
9455                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9456       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
9457       // reported as errors elsewhere.
9458       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
9459       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
9460       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
9461       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
9462       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
9463       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9464         if (IDecl) {
9465           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
9466               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
9467             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
9468                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
9469             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9470             continue;
9471           }
9472           for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl =
9473                 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension();
9474                ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
9475             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar =
9476                 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
9477               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
9478                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
9479               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9480               continue;
9481             }
9482           }
9483         }
9484         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
9485         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
9486       }
9487     }
9488   }
9489 
9490   if (Attr)
9491     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
9492 
9493   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass,
9494   // set the visibility of this record.
9495   if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
9496     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record);
9497 }
9498 
9499 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
9500 /// the given type T.
9501 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
9502                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
9503                                         QualType T) {
9504   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
9505   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
9506 
9507   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
9508     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
9509       --BitWidth;
9510     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
9511   }
9512   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
9513 }
9514 
9515 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
9516 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
9517 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
9518   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
9519   // enum checking below.
9520   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
9521   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
9522   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
9523     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
9524   };
9525   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
9526     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
9527     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
9528   };
9529 
9530   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
9531   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
9532                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
9533   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
9534     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
9535       return Types[I];
9536 
9537   return QualType();
9538 }
9539 
9540 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
9541                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
9542                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
9543                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
9544                                           Expr *Val) {
9545   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
9546   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
9547   QualType EltTy;
9548 
9549   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
9550     Val = 0;
9551 
9552   if (Val)
9553     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
9554 
9555   if (Val) {
9556     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
9557       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
9558     else {
9559       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
9560       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() &&
9561           !getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode) {
9562         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
9563         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
9564         // constant expression of the underlying type.
9565         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
9566         ExprResult Converted =
9567           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
9568                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
9569         if (Converted.isInvalid())
9570           Val = 0;
9571         else
9572           Val = Converted.take();
9573       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
9574                  VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) {
9575         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
9576         Val = 0;
9577       } else {
9578         if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
9579           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
9580           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
9581           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
9582           //   representable as an int.
9583 
9584           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
9585           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
9586             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
9587               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
9588               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
9589           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
9590             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
9591             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
9592           }
9593         }
9594 
9595         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
9596           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
9597 
9598           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
9599           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
9600           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
9601           // expression checking.
9602           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
9603             if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) {
9604               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
9605               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
9606             } else
9607               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
9608           } else
9609             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
9610         } else {
9611           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
9612           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
9613           //   is the type of its initializing value:
9614           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
9615           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
9616           EltTy = Val->getType();
9617         }
9618       }
9619     }
9620   }
9621 
9622   if (!Val) {
9623     if (Enum->isDependentType())
9624       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
9625     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
9626       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
9627       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
9628       //   is the type of its initializing value:
9629       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
9630       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
9631       //
9632       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
9633       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
9634       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
9635         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
9636       }
9637       else {
9638         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
9639       }
9640     } else {
9641       // Assign the last value + 1.
9642       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
9643       ++EnumVal;
9644       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
9645 
9646       // Check for overflow on increment.
9647       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
9648         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
9649         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
9650         //   is the type of its initializing value:
9651         //
9652         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
9653         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
9654         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
9655         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
9656         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
9657         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
9658         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
9659         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
9660           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
9661           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
9662           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
9663           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
9664           ++EnumVal;
9665           if (Enum->isFixed())
9666             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
9667             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
9668               << EnumVal.toString(10)
9669               << EltTy;
9670           else
9671             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
9672               << EnumVal.toString(10);
9673         } else {
9674           EltTy = T;
9675         }
9676 
9677         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
9678         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
9679         // value, then increment.
9680         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
9681         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
9682         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
9683         ++EnumVal;
9684 
9685         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
9686         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
9687         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
9688         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
9689         // integral type.
9690         if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
9691           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
9692       } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
9693                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
9694         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
9695         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
9696           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
9697       }
9698     }
9699   }
9700 
9701   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
9702     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
9703     // enumerator's type.
9704     EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
9705     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
9706   }
9707 
9708   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
9709                                   Val, EnumVal);
9710 }
9711 
9712 
9713 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
9714                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
9715                               AttributeList *Attr,
9716                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
9717   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
9718   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
9719     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
9720 
9721   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
9722   // we find one that is.
9723   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
9724 
9725   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
9726   // scope.
9727   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
9728                                          ForRedeclaration);
9729   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9730     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9731     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
9732     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9733     PrevDecl = 0;
9734   }
9735 
9736   if (PrevDecl) {
9737     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
9738     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
9739     assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
9740            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
9741     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
9742       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
9743         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
9744       else
9745         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
9746       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9747       return 0;
9748     }
9749   }
9750 
9751   // C++ [class.mem]p13:
9752   //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
9753   //   name different from T:
9754   //     - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated
9755   //       type
9756   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
9757                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
9758                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
9759     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
9760       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
9761 
9762   EnumConstantDecl *New =
9763     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
9764 
9765   if (New) {
9766     // Process attributes.
9767     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
9768 
9769     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
9770     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
9771     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
9772   }
9773 
9774   return New;
9775 }
9776 
9777 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
9778                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
9779                          Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
9780                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
9781   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
9782   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
9783 
9784   if (Attr)
9785     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
9786 
9787   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
9788     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
9789       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
9790         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
9791       if (!ECD) continue;
9792 
9793       ECD->setType(EnumType);
9794     }
9795 
9796     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
9797     return;
9798   }
9799 
9800   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
9801   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
9802   // emit a warning.
9803   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
9804   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
9805   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
9806 
9807   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
9808   // reverse the list.
9809   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
9810   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
9811 
9812   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
9813   bool AllElementsInt = true;
9814 
9815   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
9816     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
9817       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
9818     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
9819 
9820     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
9821 
9822     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
9823     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
9824       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
9825                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
9826     else
9827       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
9828                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
9829 
9830     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
9831     if (AllElementsInt)
9832       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
9833   }
9834 
9835   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
9836   QualType BestType;
9837   unsigned BestWidth;
9838 
9839   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
9840   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
9841   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
9842   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
9843   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
9844   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
9845   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
9846   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
9847   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
9848   QualType BestPromotionType;
9849 
9850   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
9851   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
9852   // enum definitions.
9853   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
9854     Packed = true;
9855 
9856   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
9857     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
9858     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
9859       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
9860     else
9861       BestPromotionType = BestType;
9862     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
9863     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
9864     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
9865     BestWidth = CharWidth;
9866   }
9867   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
9868     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
9869     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
9870     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
9871     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
9872       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
9873       BestWidth = CharWidth;
9874     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
9875                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
9876       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
9877       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
9878     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
9879       BestType = Context.IntTy;
9880       BestWidth = IntWidth;
9881     } else {
9882       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
9883 
9884       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
9885         BestType = Context.LongTy;
9886       } else {
9887         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
9888 
9889         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
9890           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
9891         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
9892       }
9893     }
9894     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
9895   } else {
9896     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
9897     // all of the enumerator values.
9898     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
9899     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
9900       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
9901       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
9902       BestWidth = CharWidth;
9903     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
9904       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
9905       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
9906       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
9907     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
9908       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
9909       BestWidth = IntWidth;
9910       BestPromotionType
9911         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9912                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
9913     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
9914                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
9915       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
9916       BestPromotionType
9917         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9918                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
9919     } else {
9920       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
9921       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
9922              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
9923       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
9924       BestPromotionType
9925         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9926                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
9927     }
9928   }
9929 
9930   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
9931   // the type of the enum if needed.
9932   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
9933     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
9934     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
9935 
9936     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
9937     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
9938     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
9939     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
9940     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
9941 
9942     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
9943     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
9944 
9945     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
9946     // the enum decl type.
9947     QualType NewTy;
9948     unsigned NewWidth;
9949     bool NewSign;
9950     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
9951         !Enum->isFixed() &&
9952         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
9953       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
9954       NewWidth = IntWidth;
9955       NewSign = true;
9956     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
9957       // Already the right type!
9958       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9959         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
9960         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
9961         // enumeration.
9962         ECD->setType(EnumType);
9963       continue;
9964     } else {
9965       NewTy = BestType;
9966       NewWidth = BestWidth;
9967       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
9968     }
9969 
9970     // Adjust the APSInt value.
9971     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
9972     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
9973     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
9974 
9975     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
9976     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
9977         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
9978       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
9979                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
9980                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
9981                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
9982                                                 VK_RValue));
9983     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9984       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
9985       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
9986       // enumeration.
9987       ECD->setType(EnumType);
9988     else
9989       ECD->setType(NewTy);
9990   }
9991 
9992   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
9993                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
9994 }
9995 
9996 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
9997                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
9998                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
9999   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
10000 
10001   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10002                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
10003                                                    EndLoc);
10004   CurContext->addDecl(New);
10005   return New;
10006 }
10007 
10008 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
10009                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
10010                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
10011   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
10012                                                 Module::AllVisible,
10013                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
10014   if (!Mod)
10015     return true;
10016 
10017   llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
10018   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
10019   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
10020     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
10021     // We need the length to be consistent.
10022     if (!ModCheck)
10023       break;
10024     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
10025 
10026     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
10027   }
10028 
10029   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
10030                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10031                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
10032                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
10033   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
10034   return Import;
10035 }
10036 
10037 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10038                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10039                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
10040   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
10041 
10042   if (PrevDecl) {
10043     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
10044   } else {
10045     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10046       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
10047         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
10048   }
10049 }
10050 
10051 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10052                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10053                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10054                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
10055                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
10056   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
10057                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
10058   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
10059 
10060   if (PrevDecl) {
10061     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
10062       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
10063         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
10064   } else {
10065     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10066       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
10067   }
10068 }
10069 
10070 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
10071   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
10072 }
10073 
10074 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
10075   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext());
10076   // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface.
10077   if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D))
10078     D = CatD->getClassInterface();
10079 
10080   return D->getAvailability();
10081 }
10082